1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18542 54562))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
97 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
98 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
100 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
101 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
103 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
104 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
106 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
108 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
109 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
111 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
112 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
114 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
115 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
116 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
117 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
118 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
121 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
123 If you use find-file.el:
124 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
125 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
126 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
127 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
128 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
130 If you use ada-xref.el:
131 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
132 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
133 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
143 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
144 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
154 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
155 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
156 Completion is available.
158 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
162 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
163 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
164 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
165 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18555
167 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
169 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
170 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
171 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
172 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
174 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
176 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
177 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
178 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
180 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
182 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
183 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
184 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
185 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
186 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
187 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
189 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
191 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
192 Prompt for a change log name.
196 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
197 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
199 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
200 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
201 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
202 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
204 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
205 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
206 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
208 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
209 current buffer to the complete file name.
210 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
212 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
214 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
215 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
216 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
217 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
219 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
220 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
222 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
224 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
225 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
226 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
228 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
229 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
230 after a comma on an existing line.
232 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
233 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
236 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
237 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
240 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
241 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
245 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
246 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
247 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
248 the change log file in another window.
250 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
253 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
254 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
255 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
256 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
257 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
258 \\{change-log-mode-map}
262 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
263 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
265 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
266 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
268 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
269 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
271 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
272 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
274 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
275 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
277 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
278 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
279 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
280 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
281 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
283 Has a preference of looking backwards.
287 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
288 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
289 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
290 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
294 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
296 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
301 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
302 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18466 54862))
303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
305 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
306 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
307 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
308 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
309 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
310 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
311 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
312 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
313 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
314 interpreted as `error'.")
316 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
318 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
319 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
320 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
321 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
322 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
323 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
324 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
325 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
327 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
329 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
330 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
332 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
334 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
335 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
337 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
339 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
340 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
341 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
342 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
343 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
344 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
345 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
346 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
347 will be overwritten with the new one.
348 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
349 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
350 will clear the cache.
352 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
354 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
355 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
356 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
357 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
358 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
359 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
360 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
361 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
362 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
363 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
364 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
365 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
366 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
367 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
368 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
369 definition will always be cached for later usage.
371 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
373 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
374 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
375 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
377 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
378 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
381 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
382 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
383 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
384 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
385 see also `ad-add-advice'.
386 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
387 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
388 before/around/after-advices will be used.
389 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
390 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
391 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
392 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
393 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
394 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
396 Semantics of the various flags:
397 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
398 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
399 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
401 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
402 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
404 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
405 advised function should be compiled.
407 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
408 during activation until somebody enables it.
410 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
411 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
412 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
413 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
415 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
416 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
417 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
418 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
419 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
422 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
423 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
424 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
427 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
431 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
432 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
433 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18464 4586))
434 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
436 (autoload 'align "align" "\
437 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
438 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
439 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
440 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
441 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
442 rule's `separate' attribute).
444 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
445 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
446 `separate' attribute set.
448 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
449 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
450 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
451 on the format of these lists.
453 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
455 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
456 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
457 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
458 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
459 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
460 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
461 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
462 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
463 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
464 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
467 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
468 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
472 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
475 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
476 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
477 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
479 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
481 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
482 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
483 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
484 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
485 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
488 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
490 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
491 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
492 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
493 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
494 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
495 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
496 been used to align that section.
498 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
500 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
501 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
502 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
503 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
504 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
505 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
508 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
510 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
511 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
515 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
516 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
522 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
523 ;;;;;; (18486 19383))
524 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
526 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
530 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
532 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
540 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
542 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
544 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
546 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
548 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
550 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
552 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
558 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
559 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
562 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
563 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
564 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
566 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
567 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
568 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
569 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
570 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
575 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
576 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
577 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
578 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
579 - easy topic encryption and decryption
580 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
581 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
582 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
584 and many other features.
586 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
587 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
588 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
589 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
590 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
592 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
593 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
594 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
595 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
596 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
597 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
598 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
599 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
603 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
605 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
606 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
607 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
611 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
612 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
613 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
614 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
615 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
616 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
618 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
619 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
620 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
623 Topic Header Production:
624 -----------------------
625 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
626 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
627 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
629 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
630 ---------------------------------
631 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
632 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
633 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
635 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
636 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
637 are alternated according to nesting depth.
638 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
639 the offspring are not affected.
640 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
642 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
643 ----------------------------------
644 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
645 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
646 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
647 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
648 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
649 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
650 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
651 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
653 Topic-oriented Encryption:
654 -------------------------
655 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
656 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
660 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
661 and establish a default file-var setting
663 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
664 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
665 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
666 buffer with name derived from derived from that
667 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
668 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
670 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
672 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
677 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
678 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
679 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
680 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
682 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
683 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
684 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
685 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
687 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
688 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
689 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
692 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
693 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
698 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
699 navigation and exposure control.
701 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
702 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
703 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
704 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
705 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
707 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
708 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
709 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
710 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
711 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
713 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
714 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
715 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
716 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
717 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
718 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
719 at the beginning of the current entry.
723 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
724 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
725 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
728 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
729 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
730 `allout-structure-added-hook'
731 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
732 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
736 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
738 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
739 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
740 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
742 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
743 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
744 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
746 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
749 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
750 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
753 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
755 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
757 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
759 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
761 Topic text constituents:
763 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
765 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
766 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
768 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
769 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
770 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
771 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
772 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
773 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
774 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
777 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
780 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
781 It can be customized by changing the setting of
782 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
784 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
785 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
786 program code without interfering with processing of the text
787 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
788 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
789 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
790 docstring for more detail.
792 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
793 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
794 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
795 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
796 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
797 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
798 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
799 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
800 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
801 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
802 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
817 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
819 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18464 4595))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
835 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
844 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18464 4597))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
865 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
871 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18464 4586))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18464 4597))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
934 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
943 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18537 40850))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
946 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
947 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
948 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
950 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
952 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
953 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
957 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
958 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
959 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
960 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
961 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
962 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
963 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
965 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
967 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
968 appointment package (if it is not already active).
972 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
973 Toggle checking of appointments.
974 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
975 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
981 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
982 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
983 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18546 37704))
984 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
986 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
987 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
988 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
989 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
991 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
992 kind of objects to search.
994 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
996 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
997 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
998 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
999 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1000 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1001 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1003 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1006 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1008 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1010 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1011 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1012 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1013 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1014 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1015 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1017 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1018 noninteractive functions.
1020 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1021 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1023 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1024 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1026 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1028 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1029 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1031 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1033 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1034 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1035 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1036 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1038 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1039 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1040 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1041 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1043 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1044 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1046 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1048 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1050 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1051 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1052 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1053 thus be found in `load-history'.
1057 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1058 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1059 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1060 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1061 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1062 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1064 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1065 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1066 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1068 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1070 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1071 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1072 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1073 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1074 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1075 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1077 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1078 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1080 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1082 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1086 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18532
1088 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1090 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1091 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1092 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1093 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1094 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1095 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1097 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1098 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1101 \\{archive-mode-map}
1103 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1107 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18464 4587))
1108 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1110 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1111 Major mode for editing arrays.
1113 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1114 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1115 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1117 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1119 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1120 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1121 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1123 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1124 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1125 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1126 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1129 Variables you assign:
1130 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1131 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1132 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1133 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1134 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1135 row numbers in the buffer.
1137 Variables which are calculated:
1138 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1139 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1141 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1142 take a numeric prefix argument):
1144 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1145 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1146 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1147 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1149 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1150 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1151 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1152 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1154 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1155 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1156 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1157 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1159 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1160 between that of point and mark.
1162 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1163 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1165 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1166 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1167 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1168 newlines inside rows)
1170 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1172 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1178 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18512
1180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1182 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1183 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1184 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1185 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1187 How to quit artist mode
1189 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1192 How to submit a bug report
1194 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1197 Drawing with the mouse:
1200 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1201 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1205 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1208 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1209 --------------------------------------------------------------
1210 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1222 --------------------------------------------------------------
1223 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1224 --------------------------------------------------------------
1225 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1226 --------------------------------------------------------------
1227 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1233 --------------------------------------------------------------
1235 --------------------------------------------------------------
1236 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1237 --------------------------------------------------------------
1239 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1242 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1243 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1244 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1245 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1248 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1249 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1250 overwrite means the opposite.
1252 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1253 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1254 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1256 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1258 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1259 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1261 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1262 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1263 are currently drawing something.
1265 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1269 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1270 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1275 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1277 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1279 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1281 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1283 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1284 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1286 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1291 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1292 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1293 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1294 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1295 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1296 When pasting: Pastes
1298 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1300 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1302 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1303 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1304 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1305 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1306 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1307 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1312 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1313 of the line/poly-line
1315 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1316 of the line/poly-line
1321 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1323 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1324 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1325 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1326 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1327 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1328 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1329 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1330 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1331 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1332 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1333 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1334 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1335 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1336 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1337 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1338 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1339 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1340 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1341 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1342 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1347 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1348 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1350 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1351 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1352 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1353 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1354 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1355 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1356 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1357 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1358 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1359 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1360 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1361 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1362 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1363 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1364 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1365 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1366 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1367 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1368 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1372 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1373 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1380 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1384 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18542
1386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1388 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1389 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1390 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1392 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1393 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1394 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1395 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1397 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1398 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1400 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1401 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1403 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1412 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1413 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
1414 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1416 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1417 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1418 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1420 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1422 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1423 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1424 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1425 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1426 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1427 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1428 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1429 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1430 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1431 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1434 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1435 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1436 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1437 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1438 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1440 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1444 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1445 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1446 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1448 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1449 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1451 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1453 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1454 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1455 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1456 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1457 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1458 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1460 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1466 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1467 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
1468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1470 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1471 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1477 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1478 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18494 34225))
1479 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1481 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1482 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1483 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1487 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1488 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1489 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1490 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1492 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1494 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1495 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1496 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1499 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1501 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1503 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1504 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1505 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1506 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1508 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1509 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1516 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1517 ;;;;;; (18510 22448))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1520 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1522 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1523 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1524 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1525 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1526 save the buffer too.
1528 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1530 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1532 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1533 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1534 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1535 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1536 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1537 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1539 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1540 directory or directories specified.
1542 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1544 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1545 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1546 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1552 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1553 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1554 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18464 4587))
1555 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1557 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1560 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1561 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1562 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1563 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1564 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1568 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1569 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1571 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1572 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1576 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1577 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1578 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1580 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1581 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1582 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1583 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1584 reflected in the current buffer.
1586 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1587 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1588 writing before you save the file!
1590 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1594 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1595 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1597 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1598 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1602 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1603 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1604 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1606 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1607 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1609 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1611 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1612 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1614 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1615 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1616 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1622 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1623 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18542 54562))
1624 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1626 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1627 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1628 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1630 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1632 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1634 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1635 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1636 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1637 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1639 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1640 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1641 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1643 Effects of the different modes:
1644 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1645 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1646 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1647 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1648 a random distance & direction.
1649 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1650 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1651 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1653 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1655 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1656 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1657 definition of \"random distance\".)
1659 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1664 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1666 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1668 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1669 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1670 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1671 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1675 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1676 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1677 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1680 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1682 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1684 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1685 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1686 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1687 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1688 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1695 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1696 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18463 55075))
1697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1699 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1700 Time execution of FORMS.
1701 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1702 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1704 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1705 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1706 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1708 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1710 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1711 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1712 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1713 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1714 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1716 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1718 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1719 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1720 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1721 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1722 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1724 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1728 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1729 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18464 4601))
1730 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1732 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1733 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1734 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1735 of corresponding buffers.
1736 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1737 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1738 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1739 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1740 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1741 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1743 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1745 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1746 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1748 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1750 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1751 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1752 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1753 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1755 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1756 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1757 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1758 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1759 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1761 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1762 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1765 Special information:
1767 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1769 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1770 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1771 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1772 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1773 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1774 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1775 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1776 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1777 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1778 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1779 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1781 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1782 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1783 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1784 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1785 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1786 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1787 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1788 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1790 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1792 ----------------------------------------------------------
1793 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1794 if that value is non-nil.
1800 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1801 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1802 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1803 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1804 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1805 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1806 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1807 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1808 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1809 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1811 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1815 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1816 ;;;;;; (18464 4601))
1817 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1818 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1820 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1821 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1827 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1828 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1829 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
1830 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1832 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1834 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1835 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1836 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1838 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1840 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1841 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1843 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1845 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1846 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1848 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1852 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18464
1854 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1856 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1858 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1862 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1863 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1864 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1865 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1866 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1871 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1872 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1875 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1878 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1879 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1881 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1882 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1884 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1885 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1886 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1887 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1888 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1889 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1893 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1895 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1896 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1897 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1898 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1900 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1901 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1902 denoted by the letter `R'.
1904 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1905 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1906 denoted by the letter `H'.
1908 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1911 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1912 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1913 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1914 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1915 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1916 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1919 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1920 degree deflection it causes.
1923 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1924 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1926 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1927 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1928 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1929 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1933 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1934 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1939 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1941 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1942 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1943 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1944 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1947 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1948 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1949 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1950 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1951 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1952 emerging from the box.
1954 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1956 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1957 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1959 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1961 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1962 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1963 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1965 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1972 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1973 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1974 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1975 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18537
1977 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1978 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1979 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1980 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1982 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1983 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1984 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1985 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1986 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1987 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1988 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1990 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1991 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1992 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1993 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1994 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1995 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1996 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1997 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2000 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2001 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2002 yank successive words.
2004 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2005 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2006 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2007 name of the file being visited.
2009 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2010 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2011 the list of bookmarks.)
2013 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2016 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2017 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2018 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2019 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2022 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2023 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2024 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2025 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2027 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2029 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2030 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2031 See `bookmark-jump'.
2033 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2035 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2036 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2037 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2038 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2039 after a bookmark was set in it.
2041 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2043 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2044 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2045 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2046 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2048 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2050 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2052 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2053 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2054 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2055 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2057 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2058 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2059 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2061 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2062 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2065 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2067 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2068 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2069 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2070 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2071 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2074 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2076 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2077 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2078 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2079 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2080 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2081 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2082 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2083 probably because we were called from there.
2085 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2087 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2088 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2089 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2093 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2094 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2095 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2096 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2099 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2100 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2101 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2102 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2103 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2105 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2106 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2107 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2108 `bookmark-default-file'.
2110 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2112 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2113 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2114 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2115 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2116 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2119 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2120 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2121 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2122 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2123 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2126 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2127 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2128 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2129 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2131 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2133 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2134 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2135 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2136 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2137 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2141 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2143 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2145 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2147 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2151 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2156 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2157 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2158 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2159 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2160 ;;;;;; (18548 6313))
2161 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2163 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2164 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2165 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2166 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2168 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2169 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2170 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2171 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2172 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2174 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2176 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2177 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2179 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2181 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2182 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2184 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2186 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2191 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2192 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2193 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2194 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2195 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2196 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2198 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2200 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2201 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2202 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2203 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2206 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2208 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2209 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2213 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2214 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2216 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2218 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2220 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2221 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2223 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2227 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2228 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2232 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2233 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2234 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2235 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2236 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2241 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2242 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2243 Default to the URL around or before point.
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2247 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2250 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2251 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2253 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2254 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2256 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2258 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2260 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2261 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2263 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2264 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2265 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2266 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2268 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2269 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2270 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2272 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2273 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2275 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2277 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2279 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2280 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2282 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2283 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2284 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2285 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2287 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2288 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2289 new tab in an existing window instead.
2291 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2292 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2294 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2296 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2297 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2298 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2299 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2302 When called interactively, if variable
2303 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2304 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2305 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2306 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2308 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2309 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2310 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2312 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2313 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2315 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2316 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2317 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2319 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2320 URL in a new window.
2322 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2324 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2325 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2326 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2327 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2329 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2330 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2331 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2332 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2334 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2335 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2336 new tab in an existing window instead.
2338 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2339 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2341 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2346 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2348 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2349 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2350 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2351 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2354 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2355 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2356 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2359 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2367 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2368 program is invoked according to the variable
2369 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2371 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2372 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2373 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2374 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2376 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2377 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2379 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2383 Default to the URL around or before point.
2385 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2386 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2387 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2389 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2390 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2391 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2392 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2395 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point.
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2405 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2414 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2415 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2421 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2422 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2423 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2424 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2430 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2431 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2432 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2434 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2435 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2436 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2437 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2439 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2440 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2444 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2445 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2446 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2447 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2448 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2451 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2452 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2453 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2454 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2456 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2457 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2464 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2465 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2466 don't offer a form of remote control.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around the point.
2480 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2481 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2483 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2484 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18464
2492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2494 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2495 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2499 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2500 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2506 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2507 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18530 36109))
2508 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2510 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2511 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2512 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2513 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2517 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2518 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2519 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2520 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2524 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2525 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2529 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2530 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2532 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2533 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2534 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2535 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2537 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2538 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2539 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2540 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2541 name of buffer configuration.
2547 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18537 40677))
2548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2550 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2557 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2558 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18525 26122))
2559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2561 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2563 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2564 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2565 Requires `bug-reference-url-format' to be set in the buffer.
2567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2569 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2570 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2576 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2577 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2578 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2579 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2580 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2581 ;;;;;; (18513 62915))
2582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2583 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2584 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2585 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2586 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2588 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2589 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2593 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2594 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2595 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2596 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2597 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2598 else the global value will be modified.
2600 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2602 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2603 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2604 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2605 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2606 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2607 else the global value will be modified.
2609 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2611 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2612 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2613 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2615 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2617 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2618 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2619 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2620 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2622 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2623 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2624 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2625 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2626 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2629 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2630 that already has a `.elc' file.
2632 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2633 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2635 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2636 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2637 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2638 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2639 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2640 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2642 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2644 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2645 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2646 Print the result in the echo area.
2647 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2651 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2652 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2653 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2655 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2657 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2658 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2659 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2660 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2661 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2662 all functions called by those functions.
2664 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2665 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2668 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2669 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2670 invoked interactively.
2672 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2674 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2675 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2676 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2677 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2681 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2682 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2683 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2684 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2685 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2686 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2687 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2690 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2692 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2693 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2694 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2695 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2697 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2698 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2699 and corresponding effects.
2701 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18542
2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2709 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2711 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18463 52127))
2716 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2718 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2720 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2722 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2726 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2727 ;;;;;; (18490 37168))
2728 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2730 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2731 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2732 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2733 from the cursor position.
2735 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2737 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2741 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2742 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2743 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2744 ;;;;;; (18535 25652))
2745 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2747 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2748 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2750 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2751 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2753 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2754 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2758 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2759 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2761 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2764 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2766 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2768 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2769 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2773 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2774 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2775 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2776 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2778 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2780 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2781 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2782 This is most useful in the X window system.
2783 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2784 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2786 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2788 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2789 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2790 See calc-keypad for details.
2792 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2794 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2795 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2797 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2799 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2800 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2802 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2805 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2807 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2810 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2811 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2813 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2815 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2816 Define Calc function.
2818 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2819 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2820 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2822 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2823 actual Lisp function name.
2825 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2827 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18464
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2835 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2836 Run the Emacs calculator.
2837 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18557
2845 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2847 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2848 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2849 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2850 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2851 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2852 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2854 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2855 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2856 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2857 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2858 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2859 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2860 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2861 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2864 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2865 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2867 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2868 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2869 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2870 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2871 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2872 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2874 Runs the following hooks:
2876 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2877 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2878 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2879 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2881 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2887 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2888 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18463 55076))
2889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2891 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2892 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2894 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2896 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2897 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2898 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2901 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2905 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2906 ;;;;;; (18487 13181))
2907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2909 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2910 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2912 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2913 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2914 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2915 restriction to ASCII.
2917 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2922 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2923 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2924 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2926 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2927 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2928 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2929 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2930 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2931 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2932 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2934 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2935 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18464
2943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2944 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2948 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2949 ;;;;;; (18524 55345))
2950 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2952 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2953 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2959 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2960 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2961 ;;;;;; (18533 43995))
2962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2964 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2965 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2966 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2967 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2968 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2969 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2970 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2972 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2974 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2975 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2976 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2977 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2978 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2979 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2980 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2981 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2983 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2984 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2985 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2986 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2987 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2988 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2990 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2992 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2993 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3000 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3001 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3003 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3004 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3005 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3006 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3007 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3008 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3011 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3013 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3014 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3021 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3022 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3023 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3025 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3026 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3027 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3028 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3029 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3030 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3033 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3035 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3036 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3043 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3044 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3045 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3047 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3048 Major mode for editing Java code.
3049 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3050 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3051 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3052 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3055 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3057 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3058 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3065 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3066 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3067 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3069 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3070 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3071 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3072 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3073 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3074 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3077 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3079 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3080 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3087 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3088 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3089 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3090 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3092 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3093 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3094 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3095 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3096 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3097 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3100 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3102 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3103 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3109 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3110 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3111 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3112 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3113 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3114 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3118 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3119 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18464 4597))
3120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3122 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3123 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3124 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3125 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3127 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3129 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3130 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3133 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3134 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3135 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3136 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3139 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3140 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3141 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3142 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3145 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3147 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3148 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3149 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3150 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3152 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3154 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3155 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3156 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3158 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3160 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3161 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3162 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3163 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3164 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3166 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3170 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3171 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
3172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3174 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3175 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3176 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3177 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3178 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3179 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3180 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3181 Here are some examples:
3183 Nomenclature Subwords
3184 ===========================================================
3185 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3186 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3187 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3189 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3190 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3193 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18464 4597))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3201 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3202 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3203 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3207 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3208 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3209 ;;;;;; (18503 5670))
3210 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3212 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3213 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3215 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3217 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3218 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3220 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3222 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3223 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3225 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3226 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3227 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3228 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3231 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3233 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3235 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3236 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3238 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3239 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3243 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3244 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3245 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3246 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3247 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3250 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3251 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3252 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3253 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3255 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3256 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3259 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3261 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3263 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3266 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3267 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3269 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3270 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3271 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3274 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3276 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3277 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3278 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3280 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3282 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3284 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3285 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3287 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3291 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3293 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3295 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3296 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3299 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3300 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3303 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3305 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3306 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3307 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3308 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3309 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3310 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3311 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3312 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3313 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3314 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3315 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3316 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3317 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3318 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3319 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3320 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3323 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3324 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3326 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3327 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3329 | (write EXPRESSION)
3330 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3331 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3334 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3337 ;; Same as: (write string)
3339 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3340 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3341 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3344 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3345 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3346 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3347 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3348 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3349 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3351 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3352 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3354 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3357 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3358 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3359 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3361 ARG := REG | integer
3364 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3367 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3370 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3373 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3374 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3377 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3378 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3379 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3383 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3384 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3387 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3388 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3390 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3391 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3395 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3396 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3399 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3400 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3402 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3405 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3409 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3410 ;; Same meaning as C code
3411 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3413 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3418 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3419 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3422 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3423 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3427 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3431 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3432 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3433 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3435 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3436 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3437 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3439 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3440 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3441 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3442 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3443 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3446 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3448 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3449 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3450 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3451 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3452 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3453 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3455 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3457 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3458 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3459 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3461 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3463 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3467 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3468 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
3469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3471 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3472 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3473 There are no special keybindings by default.
3475 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3476 to the action header.
3482 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3483 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18557 1414))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3486 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3487 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3488 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3492 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3493 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3494 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3495 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3496 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3502 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3503 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3504 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3505 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3506 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3507 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3508 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3509 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3510 ;;;;;; (18523 63554))
3511 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3512 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3513 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3515 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3516 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3517 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3518 the users will view as each check is completed.
3522 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3523 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3524 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3525 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3526 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3527 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3528 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3529 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3531 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3533 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3534 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3535 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3536 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3537 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3538 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3539 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3540 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3542 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3544 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3545 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3546 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3547 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3548 spacing are all verified.
3552 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3553 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3554 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3555 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3556 otherwise stop after the first error.
3558 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3560 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3561 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3562 Only documentation strings are checked.
3563 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3564 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3567 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3569 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3570 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3571 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3572 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3573 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3575 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3577 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3578 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3579 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3580 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3583 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3585 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3586 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3587 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3588 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3590 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3592 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3594 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3595 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3596 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3598 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3600 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3601 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3602 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3603 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3604 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3608 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3609 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3610 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3611 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3612 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3613 space at the end of each line.
3615 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3617 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3618 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3619 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3620 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3622 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3624 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3625 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3626 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3627 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3629 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3631 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3632 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3633 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3634 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3636 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3638 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3639 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3640 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3641 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3643 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3645 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3646 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3647 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3648 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3650 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3652 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3653 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3654 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3655 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3657 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3659 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3660 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3661 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3662 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3664 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3666 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3667 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3668 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3669 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3671 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3673 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3674 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3675 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3676 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3678 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3680 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3681 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3682 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3685 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3686 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3687 checking of documentation strings.
3689 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3695 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3696 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3697 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18464 4595))
3698 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3700 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3701 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3702 Return the length of resulting text.
3704 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3706 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3707 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3711 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3712 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3713 Return the length of resulting text.
3715 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3717 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3718 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3722 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3727 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3730 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3734 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3735 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18533 43994))
3736 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3738 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3739 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3740 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3741 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3742 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3743 editing and the result is evaluated.
3745 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3747 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3748 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3749 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3750 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3751 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3753 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3757 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3758 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3759 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3760 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3761 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3763 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3764 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3765 \\{command-history-map}
3767 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3768 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18546 29930))
3775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3777 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3778 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3779 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3780 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3781 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3782 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3784 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3785 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3789 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3790 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
3791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3793 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3796 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3800 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3801 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
3802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3804 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3805 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3806 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3807 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3809 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3810 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3811 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3812 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3814 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3815 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3817 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3821 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18542
3823 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3825 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3826 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3827 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3828 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3829 of `scheme-program-name').
3830 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3831 it is given as initial input.
3832 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3833 discards input when it starts up.
3834 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3836 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3839 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3843 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
3844 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
3845 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3847 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
3848 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
3850 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3854 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3855 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3856 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3857 ;;;;;; (18537 29657))
3858 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3860 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3861 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3862 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3863 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3864 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3865 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3866 functions have already modified the buffer.
3868 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3870 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3871 either globally or locally.")
3873 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3875 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3876 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3877 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3878 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3879 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3880 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3881 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3882 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3884 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3886 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3888 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3889 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3890 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3891 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3892 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3893 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3894 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3895 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3897 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3899 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3901 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3902 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3903 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3904 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3905 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3906 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3908 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3910 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3911 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3912 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3913 directory tracking functions.")
3915 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3916 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3917 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3919 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3921 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3923 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3924 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3925 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3927 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3929 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3931 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3932 Send COMMAND to current process.
3933 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3934 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3936 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3938 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3939 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3940 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3941 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3943 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3947 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18464
3949 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3951 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3952 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3953 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3954 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3956 This command pushes the mark in each window
3957 at the prior location of point in that window.
3958 If both windows display the same buffer,
3959 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3960 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3962 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3963 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3964 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3965 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3966 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3967 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3968 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3971 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3972 this command work in interlaced mode:
3973 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3974 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3975 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3977 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3981 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3982 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3983 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3984 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3985 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18514 54190))
3986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3988 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3989 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3991 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3993 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3994 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3996 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3998 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3999 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4000 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4001 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4002 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4003 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4004 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4006 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4007 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4008 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4009 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4010 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4012 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4013 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4014 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4015 describing how the process finished.")
4017 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4018 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4019 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4020 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4021 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4023 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4024 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4025 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4027 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4029 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4030 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4031 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4032 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4034 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4036 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4037 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4039 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4040 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4042 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4044 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4045 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4046 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4047 (concat \"make -k \"
4048 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4050 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4051 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4053 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4054 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4055 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4056 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4058 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4060 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4061 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4062 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4063 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4065 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4066 and move to the source code that caused it.
4068 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4069 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4071 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4072 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4073 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4074 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4076 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4077 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4078 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4079 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4081 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4082 kills its subprocesses.
4084 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4085 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4086 to a function that generates a unique name.
4088 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4090 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4091 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4092 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4093 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4095 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4096 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4098 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4099 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4100 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4101 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4103 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4104 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4105 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4107 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4109 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4111 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4112 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4113 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4114 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4115 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4117 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4119 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4121 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4123 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4124 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4125 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4126 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4127 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4128 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4129 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4133 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4134 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4135 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4136 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4137 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4138 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4142 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4143 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4144 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4146 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4148 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4152 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4153 ;;;;;; (18532 49467))
4154 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4156 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4157 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4158 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4159 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4160 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4161 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4163 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4165 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4166 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4167 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4169 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4170 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4171 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4172 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4174 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4175 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4176 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4177 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4179 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4180 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4181 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4182 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4184 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4185 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4186 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4187 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4188 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4194 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4195 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
4196 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4198 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4199 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4200 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4202 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4203 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4205 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4207 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4208 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4214 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4215 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18536
4217 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4219 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4220 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4221 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4222 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4224 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4226 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4227 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4228 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4229 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4232 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4233 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4235 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4236 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4240 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4241 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4242 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4243 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4244 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4245 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4247 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4249 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4250 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4251 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4252 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4253 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4255 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4259 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4260 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4261 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4262 ;;;;;; (18464 4601))
4263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4265 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4266 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4267 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4268 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4269 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4270 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4271 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4273 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4274 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4275 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4277 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4278 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4279 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4281 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4282 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4283 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4284 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4286 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4287 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4288 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4289 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4290 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4291 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4292 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4298 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4299 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4300 Comments start with `#'.
4301 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4303 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4313 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4314 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4315 Comments start with `;'.
4316 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4318 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4320 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4321 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4322 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4324 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4325 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4329 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4330 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4331 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4332 between `/*' and `*/'.
4333 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4335 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4336 // another kind of comment
4348 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4349 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4350 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4351 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4352 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4353 `conf-space-keywords'.
4354 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4355 in an interactive fashion instead.
4357 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4359 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4361 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4365 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4367 # Standard multimedia devices
4368 add /dev/audio desktop
4369 add /dev/mixer desktop
4373 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4374 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4375 See `conf-space-mode'.
4377 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4379 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4380 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4381 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4382 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4384 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4386 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4387 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4391 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4392 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4393 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4394 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4396 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4398 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4399 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4403 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4404 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4405 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4406 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4408 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4417 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4418 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18499 52149))
4419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4421 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4422 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4423 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4424 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4426 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4428 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4429 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4430 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4431 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4433 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4435 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4436 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4437 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4438 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4440 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4442 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4443 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4445 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4449 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4450 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18463 55075))
4451 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4453 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4454 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4455 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4456 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4457 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4458 following the copyright are updated as well.
4459 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4462 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4464 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4465 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4466 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4470 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4471 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4473 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4477 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4478 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18537 40678))
4479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4480 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4481 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4482 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4483 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4484 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4485 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4486 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4488 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4489 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4490 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4491 Tab indents for Perl code.
4492 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4493 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4495 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4496 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4497 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4498 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4499 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4500 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4501 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4502 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4503 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4504 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4505 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4506 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4508 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4510 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4511 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4513 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4515 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4516 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4517 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4518 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4519 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4520 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4521 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4522 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4523 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4525 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4529 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4530 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4531 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4534 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4535 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4536 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4538 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4540 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4541 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4542 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4543 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4544 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4546 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4556 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4557 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4558 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4559 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4560 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4561 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4562 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4563 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4564 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4565 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4566 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4567 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4568 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4570 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4571 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4572 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4573 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4574 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4575 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4577 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4578 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4581 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4582 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4583 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4584 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4585 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4587 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4588 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4589 span the needed amount of lines.
4591 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4592 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4593 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4594 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4596 Variables controlling indentation style:
4597 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4598 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4599 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4600 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4601 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4602 `cperl-auto-newline'
4603 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4604 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4605 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4606 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4607 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4608 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4609 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4610 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4611 `cperl-indent-level'
4612 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4613 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4614 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4615 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4616 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4617 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4618 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4619 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4620 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4621 `cperl-brace-offset'
4622 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4623 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4624 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4625 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4626 `cperl-label-offset'
4627 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4628 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4629 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4631 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4632 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4633 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4634 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4635 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4636 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4638 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4639 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4640 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4641 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4643 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4644 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4645 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4646 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4647 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4648 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4650 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4651 column 0 is indented on
4652 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4654 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4657 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4658 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4659 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4663 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4664 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4668 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4669 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4675 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4676 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4679 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4680 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4681 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4682 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4683 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4687 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4688 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4694 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4695 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
4696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4698 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4699 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4700 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4701 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4704 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4706 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4708 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4709 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4710 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4714 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4718 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4719 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
4720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4722 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4723 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4724 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4725 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4727 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4728 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4729 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4730 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4732 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4733 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4734 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4736 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4737 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4740 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4741 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4742 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4744 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4746 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4747 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4748 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4750 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4754 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18542
4756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4757 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4759 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4760 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4766 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4767 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
4768 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4770 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4771 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4772 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4773 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4774 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4775 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4777 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4779 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4780 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4781 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4782 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4783 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4785 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4786 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4787 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4788 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4789 function of these prefix keys.
4791 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4792 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4794 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4795 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4796 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4798 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4799 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4800 the prefix fallback behavior.
4802 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4803 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4804 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4805 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4809 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4810 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4816 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4817 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4818 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4819 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4820 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4821 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4822 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4823 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4824 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4825 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4826 ;;;;;; (18556 62644))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4829 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4830 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4832 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4834 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4835 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4837 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4839 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4840 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4842 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4843 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4845 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4846 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4848 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4849 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4851 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4852 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4854 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4856 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4858 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4859 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4860 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4862 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4863 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4865 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4866 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4868 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4869 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4871 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4873 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4875 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4876 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4879 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4880 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4882 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4883 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4885 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4886 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4888 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4890 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4892 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4893 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4894 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4895 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4896 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4900 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4901 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4902 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4903 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4907 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4908 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4910 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4912 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4913 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4915 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4917 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4919 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4920 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4922 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4924 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4926 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4927 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4928 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4930 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4932 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4933 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4934 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4935 as part of Emacs itself.
4937 Each elements looks like this:
4939 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4941 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4942 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4943 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4944 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4945 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4946 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4947 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4950 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4952 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4953 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4954 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4955 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4956 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4958 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4959 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4960 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4961 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4963 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4965 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4966 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4967 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4968 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4969 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4971 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4972 that were added or redefined since that version.
4974 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4976 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4977 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4978 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4979 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4981 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4982 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4984 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4986 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4987 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4988 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4990 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4991 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4993 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4995 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4996 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5000 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5001 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5005 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5006 Customize all already saved user options.
5010 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5011 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5012 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5013 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5014 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5015 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5016 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5017 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5019 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5021 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5022 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5023 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5024 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5026 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5028 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5029 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5031 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5033 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5036 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5038 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5039 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5040 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5041 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5042 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5045 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5047 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5048 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5049 The result includes selecting that window.
5050 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5051 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5052 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5055 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5057 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5058 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5060 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5062 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5063 File used for storing customization information.
5064 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5065 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5066 it should be an absolute file name.
5068 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5069 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5070 something like the following in your init file:
5072 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5075 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5076 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5078 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5079 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5080 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5081 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5082 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5084 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5085 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5086 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5087 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5088 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5089 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5090 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5091 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5092 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5093 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5095 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5097 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5098 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5102 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5103 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5107 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5108 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5109 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5111 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5113 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5114 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5115 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5116 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5117 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5119 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5123 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5124 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
5125 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5127 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5128 Create a custom theme.
5134 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5135 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
5136 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5138 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5139 Mode used for cvs status output.
5145 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5146 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18464 4598))
5147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5149 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5150 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5152 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5153 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5154 C++ modes are included.
5156 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5160 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5163 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5164 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5168 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5169 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5170 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5172 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5173 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5175 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5177 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5178 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5179 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5180 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5181 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5188 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5189 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
5190 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5192 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5193 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5195 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5197 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5198 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5200 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5202 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5203 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5204 For readability, the table is slightly
5205 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5207 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5208 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5209 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5210 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5211 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5213 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5217 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5218 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
5219 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5220 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5221 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5223 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5224 Completion on current word.
5225 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5226 and presents suggestions for completion.
5228 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5229 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5232 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5233 then it searches *all* buffers.
5235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5237 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5238 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5240 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5241 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5242 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5243 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5244 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5246 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5247 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5249 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5250 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5251 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5253 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5254 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5256 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5262 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18464
5264 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5266 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5267 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5268 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5269 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5275 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18464
5277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5279 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5280 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5282 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5283 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5284 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5286 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5287 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5288 Data lines are not indented.
5293 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5295 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5296 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5297 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5298 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5300 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5303 Extra indentation within blocks.
5305 dcl-continuation-offset
5306 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5309 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5311 dcl-margin-label-offset
5312 Indentation for a label.
5314 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5315 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5317 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5318 dcl-block-end-regexp
5319 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5320 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5321 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5322 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5323 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5325 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5326 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5327 Two such functions are included in the package:
5328 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5329 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5331 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5332 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5333 One such function is included in the package:
5334 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5336 dcl-tab-always-indent
5337 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5338 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5341 dcl-electric-characters
5342 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5345 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5346 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5347 which words trigger electric indentation.
5350 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5351 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5352 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5354 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5355 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5356 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5357 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5359 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5360 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5361 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5362 dcl-imenu-label-call
5363 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5365 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5366 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5367 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5368 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5371 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5373 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5374 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5375 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5377 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5378 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5382 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5383 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5384 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5385 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5386 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5387 \"lined up with the command line\"
5389 Data lines are not indented at all.
5390 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5395 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5396 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5402 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5403 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18525 34946))
5404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5406 (setq debugger 'debug)
5408 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5409 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5410 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5413 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5414 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5415 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5417 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5419 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5420 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5422 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5424 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5425 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5426 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5427 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5428 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5429 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5431 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5432 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5434 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5436 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5437 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5438 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5439 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5440 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5442 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5446 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5447 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
5448 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5450 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5451 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5455 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5456 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5457 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5458 Upper-case letters are commands.
5460 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5463 The most useful commands are:
5464 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5465 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5466 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5467 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5468 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5469 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5475 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5476 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18464
5478 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5480 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5481 Customization of `columns' group.
5485 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5486 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5488 START and END delimits the text region.
5490 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5492 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5493 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5495 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5497 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5501 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18464
5503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5505 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5506 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5507 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5508 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5509 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5510 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5512 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5516 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5517 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5518 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5519 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5520 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5521 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5522 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5523 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5524 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5525 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5526 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5527 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5529 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5530 Directories to search when finding external units.
5531 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5532 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5536 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5537 Face used to color delphi comments.
5538 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5539 Face used to color delphi strings.
5540 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5541 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5542 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5543 Face used to color everything else.
5545 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5546 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5548 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18464
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5556 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5558 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5559 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5560 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5562 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5563 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5565 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5567 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5568 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5569 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5570 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5572 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5573 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5574 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5581 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5582 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18525 26122))
5583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5585 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5586 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5588 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5590 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5591 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5592 or nil if there is no parent.
5593 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5594 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5595 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5596 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5597 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5599 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5600 arguments are currently understood:
5602 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5603 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5605 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5606 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5608 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5609 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5611 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5613 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5615 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5616 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5617 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5619 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5620 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5622 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5623 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5624 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5626 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5627 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5629 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5630 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5632 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5634 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5636 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5637 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5638 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5639 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5640 the first time the mode is used.
5642 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5646 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5647 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18536 46512))
5648 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5650 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5651 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5652 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5653 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5654 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5657 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5659 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5660 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5661 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5662 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5663 character composition information (if relevant),
5664 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5670 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5671 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5672 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5673 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18464 4587))
5674 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5676 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5677 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5678 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5680 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5682 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5683 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5684 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5685 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5686 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5687 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5691 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5692 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5693 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5694 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5696 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5698 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5699 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5700 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5702 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5703 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5704 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5706 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5707 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5709 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5710 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5711 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5713 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5714 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5715 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5716 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5718 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5720 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5721 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5723 Handlers are called with argument list
5725 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5727 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5729 desktop-file-version
5730 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5731 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5732 desktop-buffer-point
5734 desktop-buffer-read-only
5735 desktop-buffer-locals
5737 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5738 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5740 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5743 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5745 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5746 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5748 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5750 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5752 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5753 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5754 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5755 List elements must have the form
5757 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5759 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5762 Handlers are called with argument list
5764 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5766 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5768 desktop-file-version
5769 desktop-buffer-file-name
5771 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5772 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5773 desktop-buffer-point
5775 desktop-buffer-read-only
5778 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5779 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5782 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5785 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5787 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5788 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5790 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5792 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5794 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5796 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5798 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5799 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5800 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5804 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5805 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5806 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5807 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5808 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5810 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5812 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5813 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5814 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5818 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5819 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5820 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5821 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5822 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5823 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5824 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5825 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5827 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5829 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5830 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5831 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5835 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5836 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5837 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5838 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5841 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5843 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5844 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5848 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5849 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5856 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5857 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18542 54562))
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5860 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5861 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5862 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5863 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5864 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5865 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5867 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5869 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5870 Repair a broken attribution line.
5871 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5873 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5875 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5876 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5877 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5878 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5880 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5882 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5883 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5889 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5890 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18537 40850))
5891 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5893 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5894 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5895 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5896 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5897 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5901 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5902 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5903 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5904 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5906 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5907 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5908 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5909 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5911 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5912 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5914 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5915 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5916 calendar-date-style 'european
5917 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5919 \(diary-mail-entries)
5921 # diary-rem.el ends here
5923 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5925 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5926 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5932 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5933 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18464 4587))
5934 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5936 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5937 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5939 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5941 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5942 *The command to use to run diff.")
5944 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5946 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5947 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5948 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5949 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5950 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5951 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5953 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5955 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5956 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5957 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5958 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5959 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5960 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5962 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5966 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5967 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
5968 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5970 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5971 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5972 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5975 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5976 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5977 headers for you on-the-fly.
5979 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5980 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5981 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5987 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5988 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5989 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5995 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5996 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5997 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5998 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5999 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18512 40701))
6000 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6002 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6003 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6004 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6005 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6006 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6007 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6008 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6009 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6011 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6013 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6014 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6016 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6017 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6018 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6019 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6020 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6022 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6023 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6025 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6026 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6027 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6028 always set this variable to t.")
6030 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6032 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6033 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6034 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6035 A value of t means move to first file.")
6037 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6039 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6040 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6041 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6042 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6043 are afterward marked with that character.")
6045 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6047 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6048 *Controls marking of copied files.
6049 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6050 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6052 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6054 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6055 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6056 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6057 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6059 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6061 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6062 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6063 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6064 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6066 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6068 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6069 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6070 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6071 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6073 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6075 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6077 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6078 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6079 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6081 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6083 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6084 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6085 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6086 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6087 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6088 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6090 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6091 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6092 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6093 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6094 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6095 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6096 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6097 list of files to make directory entries for.
6098 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6099 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6100 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6101 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6103 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6105 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6106 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6108 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6109 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6111 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6112 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6114 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6115 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6117 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6119 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6120 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6122 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6124 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6125 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6126 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6127 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6128 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6129 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6130 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6131 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6132 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6133 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6134 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6135 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6136 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6137 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6138 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6139 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6140 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6141 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6142 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6143 to see why something went wrong.
6144 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6145 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6146 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6147 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6148 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6149 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6150 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6151 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6152 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6153 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6154 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6155 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6156 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6158 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6159 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6160 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6161 again for the directory tree.
6163 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6166 `dired-listing-switches'
6167 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6168 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6171 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6172 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6173 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6174 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6176 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6178 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6179 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6186 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6187 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6191 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6192 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6193 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6194 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6195 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6196 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6197 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6198 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6199 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6200 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6201 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6202 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6203 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6204 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18542 54562))
6205 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6207 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6208 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6209 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6210 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6211 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6212 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6213 which is options for `diff'.
6215 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6217 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6218 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6219 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6220 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6221 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6222 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6224 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6226 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6227 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6228 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6229 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6230 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6231 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6232 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6234 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6236 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6237 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6238 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6239 returned by function `file-attributes'
6241 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6242 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6244 Examples of PREDICATE:
6246 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6247 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6248 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6249 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6250 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6252 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6254 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6255 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6256 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6260 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6261 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6265 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6266 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6270 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6271 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6276 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6277 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6278 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6279 `lpr-switches' as default.
6281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6283 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6284 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6285 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6286 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6287 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6289 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6290 with a prefix argument.
6294 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6295 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6296 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6297 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6298 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6300 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6301 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6303 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6304 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6305 file name substituted for `?'.
6307 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6308 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6310 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6311 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6312 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6313 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6315 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6317 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6318 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6319 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6321 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6322 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6325 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6326 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6327 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6329 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6331 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6334 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6336 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6337 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6338 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6339 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6340 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6341 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6342 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6343 from the buffer as well.
6344 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6345 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6346 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6348 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6350 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6353 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6355 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6358 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6360 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6361 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6365 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6366 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6370 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6371 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6375 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6376 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6377 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6378 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6380 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6381 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6382 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6383 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6384 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6385 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6386 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6388 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6390 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6393 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6395 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6398 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6400 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6401 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6403 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6405 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6408 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6410 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6413 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6415 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6416 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6418 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6420 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6421 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6422 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6423 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6424 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6425 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6426 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6427 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6428 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6430 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6435 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6436 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6437 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6438 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6439 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6440 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6441 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6442 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6444 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6448 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6449 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6450 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6451 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6452 and new hard links are made in that directory
6453 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6454 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6455 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6459 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6460 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6461 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6462 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6463 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6464 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6465 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6469 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6470 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6472 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6473 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6474 file if none are marked.
6476 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6477 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6478 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6479 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6481 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6482 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6484 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6486 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6487 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6488 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6490 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6492 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6493 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6494 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6496 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6498 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6499 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6500 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6502 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6504 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6505 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6509 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6510 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6514 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6515 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6516 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6517 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6518 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6519 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6521 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6523 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6524 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6525 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6526 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6527 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6528 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6529 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6531 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6533 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6534 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6535 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6536 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6537 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6538 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6540 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6542 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6544 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6545 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6546 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6548 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6550 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6551 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6552 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6553 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6557 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6558 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6559 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6560 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6564 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6565 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6566 Lower levels are unaffected.
6568 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6570 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6571 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6575 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6576 Go down in the dired tree.
6580 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6581 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6582 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6583 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6587 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6588 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6589 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6590 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6594 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6595 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6596 Stops when a match is found.
6597 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6599 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6601 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6602 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6603 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6604 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6605 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6607 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6609 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6610 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6611 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6612 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6614 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6618 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6619 ;;;;;; (18467 53781))
6620 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6622 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6623 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6624 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6625 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6626 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6627 buffer and try again.
6629 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6631 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6632 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6633 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6634 This creates relative symbolic links like
6638 not absolute ones like
6640 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6642 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6648 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6649 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
6650 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6652 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6653 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6654 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6655 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6656 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6657 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6658 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6662 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6663 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6664 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6666 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6668 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6669 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6671 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6675 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18463
6677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6679 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6680 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6681 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6682 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6683 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6684 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6686 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6690 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6691 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6692 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6693 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6694 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6695 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18556 62644))
6696 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6698 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6699 Return a new, empty display table.
6703 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6704 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6705 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6706 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6707 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6709 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6711 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6712 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6713 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6714 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6715 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6717 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6719 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6720 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6724 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6725 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6729 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6730 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6734 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6735 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6739 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6740 Display character C using printable string S.
6744 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6745 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6746 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6747 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6749 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6751 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6752 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6753 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6756 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6758 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6759 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6761 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6763 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6764 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6766 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6768 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6769 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6771 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6773 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6774 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6776 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6778 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6779 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6781 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6783 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6784 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6786 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6787 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6788 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6789 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6791 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6792 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6793 European character display.
6795 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6796 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6797 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6798 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6800 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6801 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6802 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6803 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6804 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6810 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6811 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
6812 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6814 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6815 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6816 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6817 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6818 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6819 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6820 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6827 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18464 4587))
6828 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6830 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6831 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6832 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6833 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6834 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6835 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6837 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6838 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6839 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6840 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6841 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6843 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6847 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6848 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18464 4602))
6849 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6851 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6852 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6853 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6854 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6855 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6856 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6857 table and its own syntax table.
6859 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6862 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6864 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6865 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6868 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6872 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6873 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18531 17133))
6874 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6876 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6877 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6878 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6880 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6882 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6883 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6884 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6885 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6886 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6890 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6891 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6892 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6893 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6897 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6904 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18464 4597))
6905 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6907 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6908 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6914 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18464 4587))
6915 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6917 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6919 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6922 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6923 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6929 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18464 4597))
6930 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6932 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6933 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6939 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6940 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
6941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6943 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6944 Play sounds in message buffers.
6950 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6951 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6952 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18525 34946))
6953 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6955 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6957 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6958 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6959 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6960 and toggle command MODE.
6962 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6963 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6964 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6965 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6966 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6967 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6968 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6969 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6972 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6973 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6974 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6975 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6976 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6977 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6978 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6979 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6980 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6981 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6982 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6983 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6984 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6985 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6986 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6987 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6988 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6990 For example, you could write
6991 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6992 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6995 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6997 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6999 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7001 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7002 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7003 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7004 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7005 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7006 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7007 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7008 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7009 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7010 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7011 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7012 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7014 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7015 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7016 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7017 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7018 call another major mode in their body.
7020 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7022 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7023 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7024 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7025 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7026 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7027 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7028 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7030 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7032 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7033 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7034 :inherit Parent keymap.
7036 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7037 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7039 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7041 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7044 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7046 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7047 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7048 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7050 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7054 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7055 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18542
7057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7059 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7061 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7062 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7064 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7065 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7066 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7068 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7069 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7073 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7074 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7078 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7079 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7083 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7084 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7086 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7088 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7090 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7092 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7093 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7095 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7096 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7098 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7100 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7102 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7106 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7107 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7108 computed automatically.
7109 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7113 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7115 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7116 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7117 keyboard equivalent.
7121 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7122 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7126 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7127 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7131 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7132 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7136 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7137 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7141 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7145 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7146 radio: A radio button.
7147 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7148 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7150 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7154 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7155 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7159 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7161 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7162 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7163 as a solid horizontal line.
7165 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7167 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7169 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7172 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7174 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7175 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7176 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7177 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7179 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7181 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7182 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7183 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7184 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7185 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7186 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7188 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7189 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7190 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7192 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7193 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7194 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7196 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7197 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7199 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7203 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7204 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7205 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7206 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7207 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7208 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7209 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7210 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18464 4598))
7211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7213 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7214 Customization for ebnf group.
7218 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7219 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7221 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7223 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7226 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7228 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7230 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7231 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7233 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7234 killed after process termination.
7236 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7238 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7243 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7244 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7247 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7248 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7249 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7250 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7252 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7256 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7258 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7260 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7261 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7263 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7265 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7268 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7270 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7275 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7276 killed after process termination.
7278 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7280 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7282 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7283 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7284 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7285 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7287 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7293 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7295 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7297 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7299 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7300 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7302 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7304 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7307 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7309 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7311 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7312 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7314 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7315 killed after EPS generation.
7317 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7319 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7321 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7322 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7324 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7325 The EPS file name has the following form:
7327 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7329 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7330 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7332 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7333 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7334 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7335 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7336 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7338 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7343 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7344 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7346 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7347 The EPS file name has the following form:
7349 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7351 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7352 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7354 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7355 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7356 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7357 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7358 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7360 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7363 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7365 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7367 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7368 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7370 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7372 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7375 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7377 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7382 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7383 killed after syntax checking.
7385 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7387 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7389 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7390 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7394 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7395 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7397 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7399 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7400 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7404 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7405 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7407 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7411 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7412 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7414 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7416 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7418 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7421 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7425 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7426 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7428 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7430 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7433 Set STYLE as the current style.
7435 Returns the old style symbol.
7437 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7441 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7442 Reset current style.
7444 Returns the old style symbol.
7446 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7448 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7450 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7451 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7453 Returns the old style symbol.
7455 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7457 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7459 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7461 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7462 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7464 Returns the old style symbol.
7466 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7468 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7474 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7475 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7476 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7477 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7478 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7479 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7480 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7481 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7482 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7483 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7484 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18464
7486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7488 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7489 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7490 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7491 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7492 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7493 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7495 Tree mode key bindings:
7496 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7500 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7501 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7505 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7506 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7508 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7513 View declaration of member at point.
7517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7518 Find declaration of member at point.
7522 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7523 View definition of member at point.
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7528 Find definition of member at point.
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7533 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7537 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7538 View definition of member at point in other window.
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7543 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7548 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7552 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7553 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7557 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7558 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7562 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7563 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7564 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7565 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7568 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7570 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7571 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7572 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7573 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7575 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7577 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7578 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7579 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7580 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7582 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7584 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7585 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7586 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7588 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7590 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7591 Search for call sites of a member.
7592 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7593 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7594 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7595 looks like a function call to the member.
7597 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7599 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7600 Move backward in the position stack.
7601 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7605 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7606 Move forward in the position stack.
7607 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7611 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7612 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7616 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7617 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7621 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7622 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7623 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7624 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7626 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7628 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7629 Display statistics for a class tree.
7635 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7636 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
7637 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7639 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7640 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7641 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7642 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7644 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7645 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7646 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7648 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7649 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7650 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7652 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7654 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7660 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7661 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18503 5669))
7662 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7664 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7665 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7666 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7668 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7672 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7673 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
7674 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7676 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7684 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7685 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18542 54562))
7686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7688 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7689 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7690 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7691 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7692 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7694 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7695 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7696 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7697 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7699 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7701 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7702 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7703 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7704 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7706 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7708 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7709 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7710 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7711 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7713 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7715 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7717 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7718 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7719 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7720 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7721 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7723 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7724 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7725 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7726 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7727 instrumented for Edebug.
7729 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7730 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7731 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7732 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7737 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7738 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7742 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7743 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7749 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7750 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7751 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7752 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7753 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7754 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7755 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7756 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7757 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7758 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18464 4588))
7759 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7761 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7764 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7766 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7769 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7771 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7773 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7775 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7776 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7777 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7778 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7782 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7783 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7785 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7787 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7789 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7790 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7792 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7794 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7797 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7798 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7799 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7801 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7803 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7805 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7807 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7808 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7810 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7812 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7814 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7815 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7816 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7817 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7819 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7821 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7824 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7825 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7826 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7828 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7830 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7833 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7834 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7835 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7836 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7837 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7839 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7841 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7842 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7843 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7844 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7846 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7848 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7851 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7852 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7853 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7855 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7857 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7859 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7861 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7862 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7863 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7865 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7866 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7868 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7870 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7871 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7872 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7874 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7875 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7877 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7879 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7880 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7881 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7882 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7883 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7885 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7887 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7888 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7889 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7890 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7891 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7892 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7894 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7896 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7898 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7899 Merge two files without ancestor.
7901 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7904 Merge two files with ancestor.
7906 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7908 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7910 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7911 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7913 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7915 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7916 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7918 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7920 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7921 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7922 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7925 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7927 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7928 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7929 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7932 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7934 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7935 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7936 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7937 and don't ask the user.
7938 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7939 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7941 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7943 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7944 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7945 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7946 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7947 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7948 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7949 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7950 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7952 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7954 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7956 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7958 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7959 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7960 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7961 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7962 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7964 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7966 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7968 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7969 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7970 When called interactively, displays the version.
7974 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7975 Display Ediff's manual.
7976 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7978 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7982 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7983 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
7984 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7986 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18464 4587))
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7996 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))
8000 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8001 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
8002 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8004 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8005 Display Ediff's registry.
8009 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8013 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8014 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18494 34225))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8017 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8018 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8019 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8024 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8025 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8026 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8027 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8033 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8034 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8035 ;;;;;; (18464 4588))
8036 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8038 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8039 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8040 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8042 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8043 Edit a keyboard macro.
8044 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8045 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8046 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8048 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8050 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8052 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8053 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8055 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8057 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8058 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8060 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8062 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8063 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8064 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8065 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8066 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8067 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8069 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8070 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8071 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8072 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8074 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8076 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8077 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8078 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8079 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8080 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8081 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8083 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8087 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8088 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18512 40701))
8089 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8091 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8093 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8094 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8096 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8098 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8099 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8105 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8106 ;;;;;; (18464 4588))
8107 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8109 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8110 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8111 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8112 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8113 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8114 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8115 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8117 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8118 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8120 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8121 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8122 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8123 this value is non-nil.
8125 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8126 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8127 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8129 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8130 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8131 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8133 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8135 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8138 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8142 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8143 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18463 55075))
8144 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8146 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8147 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8149 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8151 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8152 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8153 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8154 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8155 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8156 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8157 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8159 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8163 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8164 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8168 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8169 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8170 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8171 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8172 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8173 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8176 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8177 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8181 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18479
8183 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8185 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8186 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8188 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8189 an elided material again.
8191 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8197 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8198 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8201 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8208 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8209 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18463
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8213 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8214 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8215 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8217 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8219 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8220 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8221 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8223 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8225 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8226 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8227 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8229 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8231 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8233 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8234 Display current profiling results.
8235 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8236 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8243 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8244 ;;;;;; (18512 40701))
8245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8247 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8248 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8249 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8251 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8255 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8256 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8257 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8258 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8259 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18430 26741))
8260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8262 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8263 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8264 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8265 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8266 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8267 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8268 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8269 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8270 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8271 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8272 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8273 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8274 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8275 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8276 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8277 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8279 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8280 Run Emerge on two files.
8282 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8284 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8285 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8287 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8289 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8290 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8292 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8294 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8295 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8297 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8299 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8304 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8309 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8312 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8314 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8317 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8319 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8320 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8322 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8324 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8325 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8327 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8329 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8332 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8336 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8337 ;;;;;; (18516 61237))
8338 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8340 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8341 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8343 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8345 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8349 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8350 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18464 4602))
8351 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8353 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8354 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8355 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8356 text/enriched format.
8357 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8359 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8360 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8364 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8368 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8371 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8373 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8376 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8380 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8381 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8382 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8383 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8384 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8385 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18464
8387 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8389 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8390 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8392 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8394 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8395 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8397 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8399 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8400 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8401 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8402 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8403 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8404 the keys are listed.
8405 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8407 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8409 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8414 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8419 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8420 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8422 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8424 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8425 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8427 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8429 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8430 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8432 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8433 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8434 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8435 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8436 should consider using the string based counterpart
8437 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8438 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8442 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8443 (decode-coding-string
8444 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8447 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8449 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8450 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8452 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8453 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8455 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8457 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8458 Verify the current region between START and END.
8460 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8461 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8462 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8463 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8464 should consider using the string based counterpart
8465 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8466 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8470 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8471 (decode-coding-string
8472 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8475 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8478 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8479 between START and END.
8481 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8482 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8484 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8486 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8487 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8489 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8490 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8491 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8492 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8493 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8494 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8498 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8501 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8503 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8505 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8506 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8508 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8509 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8510 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8511 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8512 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8513 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8517 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8520 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8523 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8525 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8526 Delete selected KEYS.
8528 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8530 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8531 Import keys from FILE.
8535 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8536 Import keys from the region.
8538 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8540 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8541 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8542 between START and END.
8544 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8546 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8547 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8549 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8551 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8552 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8558 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8559 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18542 54562))
8560 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8562 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8563 Decrypt marked files.
8567 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8568 Verify marked files.
8572 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8577 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8578 Encrypt marked files.
8584 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8585 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18499 52147))
8586 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8588 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8591 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8593 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8598 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8605 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8606 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8607 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18464 4588))
8608 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8610 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8611 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8615 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8616 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8617 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8619 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8623 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8624 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8625 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8627 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8631 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8632 Sign the current buffer.
8633 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8635 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8637 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8639 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8640 Encrypt the current buffer.
8641 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8643 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8645 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8647 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8648 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8649 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8651 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8655 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8656 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8657 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8660 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8662 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8664 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8665 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8671 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8672 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8673 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8674 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8675 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8676 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8677 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8678 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8679 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18464 4588))
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8682 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8683 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8684 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8685 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8686 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8687 signatures should be included.
8688 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8690 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8692 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8695 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8697 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8698 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8699 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8701 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8702 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8703 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8704 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8705 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8707 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8709 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8710 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8711 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8713 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8715 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8716 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8718 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8720 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8721 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8722 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8724 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8725 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8727 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8728 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8729 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8730 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8731 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8733 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8735 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8736 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8737 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8739 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8740 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8741 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8742 stored into the file after successful verification.
8744 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8746 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8747 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8748 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8750 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8751 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8752 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8753 successful verification.
8755 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8757 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8758 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8759 PLAIN is a data object.
8761 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8762 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8763 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8765 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8766 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8767 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8768 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8769 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8771 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8773 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8774 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8775 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8776 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8777 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8778 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8780 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8782 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8783 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8784 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8785 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8786 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8788 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8790 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8791 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8792 PLAIN is a data object.
8793 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8795 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8796 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8797 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8798 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8799 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8801 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8803 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8804 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8805 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8806 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8808 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8810 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8811 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8812 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8814 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8816 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8817 Initiate an export keys operation.
8819 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8820 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8821 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8822 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8823 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8825 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8827 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8828 Extract public KEYS.
8830 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8832 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8833 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8835 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8837 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8838 Initiate an import keys operation.
8839 KEYS is a data object.
8841 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8842 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8843 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8844 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8845 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8847 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8850 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8852 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8854 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8855 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8857 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8859 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8860 Initiate a receive key operation.
8861 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8863 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8864 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8865 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8866 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8867 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8869 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8871 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8872 Add keys from server.
8873 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8875 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8877 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8879 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8880 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8882 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8883 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8884 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8885 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8886 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8888 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8890 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8891 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8893 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8895 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8896 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8898 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8899 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8900 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8901 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8902 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8904 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8906 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8907 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8909 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8911 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8912 Initiate a key generation.
8913 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8915 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8916 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8917 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8918 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8919 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8921 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8923 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8924 Generate a new key pair.
8925 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8927 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8929 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8930 Generate a new key pair.
8931 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8933 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8937 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8938 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18464 4588))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8941 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8942 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8946 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8947 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8949 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8951 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8952 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8954 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8958 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8959 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18522 13616))
8960 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8962 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8963 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8967 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8968 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8969 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8971 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8973 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8974 (server (erc-compute-server))
8975 (port (erc-compute-port))
8976 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8978 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8980 That is, if called with
8982 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8984 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8985 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8986 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8988 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8990 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8992 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8993 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8994 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8995 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8997 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18505
9003 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9004 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18542 54562))
9009 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9010 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18532 21500))
9015 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9016 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18463 55076))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9022 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9026 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9027 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18463 55076))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9029 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9031 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9032 Parser for /dcc command.
9033 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9034 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9035 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9037 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9039 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9040 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9044 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9045 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9047 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9048 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9049 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9052 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9056 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9057 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9058 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9059 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9060 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9063 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9064 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9066 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9068 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9069 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9070 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9071 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9073 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9075 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9078 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9080 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9081 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9083 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9085 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9086 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9088 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9090 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9091 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9093 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9095 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9096 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9098 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9100 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9101 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9103 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9105 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9106 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9108 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9110 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9111 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9115 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9116 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9122 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18463
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9125 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9127 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9128 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9129 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18463
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9138 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9142 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9143 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18463 55076))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9147 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9148 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9149 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9150 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9151 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9152 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9155 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9157 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9160 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9165 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18463 55076))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18464 4594))
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9183 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9187 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9188 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18463 55076))
9189 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9190 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9192 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9193 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9194 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9195 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9196 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9197 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9199 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9201 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9202 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9203 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9204 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9206 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9207 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9210 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9211 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9213 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9217 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9218 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9219 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9220 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9222 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9224 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9225 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9229 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9230 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9234 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9235 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9239 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9240 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9244 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9245 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9249 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9250 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9254 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9255 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9259 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9260 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18505 63071))
9267 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9268 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9272 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9273 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9275 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9277 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9284 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9285 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18463 55076))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9288 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9289 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9290 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9291 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9295 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9296 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9302 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9303 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18463 55076))
9304 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9305 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9307 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9308 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9309 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9310 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9312 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9314 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18463 55076))
9322 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9323 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18463
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9330 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18463 55076))
9335 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9336 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18463 55076))
9341 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9342 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9346 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9347 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18522 13615))
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9349 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9351 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9352 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9356 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9357 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9358 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9360 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18463 55076))
9365 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9366 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9370 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9371 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9372 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9374 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9375 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9376 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18463
9384 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9385 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18505 63071))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9391 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9395 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9396 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9397 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9399 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9400 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9401 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9403 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9405 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9406 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9409 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9410 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9411 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9414 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9418 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9419 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18532 49472))
9420 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9421 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9423 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9424 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9425 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9426 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9428 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9430 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9431 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9432 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9438 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9439 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9440 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9441 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9443 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9444 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9450 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18542
9452 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9454 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9455 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9463 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18505
9465 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9467 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9468 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9475 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18483 40158))
9476 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9478 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9479 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9480 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9481 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9482 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9483 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9484 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9485 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9486 buffer selected (or created).
9488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9490 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9491 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9492 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9494 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9496 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9497 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9498 The result might be any Lisp object.
9499 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9500 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9501 corresponding to a successful execution.
9503 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9505 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9509 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9510 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9511 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9512 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9513 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9514 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9515 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9516 ;;;;;; (18505 63072))
9517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9519 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9520 *File name of tags table.
9521 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9522 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9523 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9524 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9526 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9527 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9528 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9529 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9531 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9533 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9534 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9535 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9536 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9537 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9538 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9540 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9542 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9543 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9544 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9545 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9546 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9547 `auto-compression-mode').")
9549 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9551 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9552 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9553 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9554 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9555 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9557 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9559 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9560 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9561 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9562 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9564 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9566 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9567 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9568 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9569 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9570 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9572 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9574 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9575 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9579 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9580 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9581 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9582 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9584 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9585 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9586 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9587 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9588 file the tag was in.
9590 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9592 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9593 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9594 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9595 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9596 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9597 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9598 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9599 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9600 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9602 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9604 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9605 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9606 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9607 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9608 without directory names.
9612 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9613 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9614 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9615 but does not select the buffer.
9616 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9618 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9619 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9620 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9621 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9622 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9624 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9626 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9627 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9628 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9630 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9632 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9634 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9635 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9636 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9637 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9639 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9640 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9641 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9642 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9643 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9645 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9647 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9648 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9649 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9651 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9653 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9654 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9656 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9657 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9658 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9659 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9660 around or before point.
9662 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9663 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9664 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9665 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9666 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9668 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9670 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9671 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9672 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9674 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9676 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9677 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9679 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9680 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9681 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9682 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9683 around or before point.
9685 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9686 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9687 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9688 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9689 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9691 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9693 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9694 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9695 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9697 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9699 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9700 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9702 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9703 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9704 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9706 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9707 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9708 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9709 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9710 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9712 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9714 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9715 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9716 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9718 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9720 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9721 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9722 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9724 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9725 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9727 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9728 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9729 where they were found.
9733 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9734 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9736 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9737 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9738 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9740 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9741 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9743 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9744 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9746 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9748 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9749 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9750 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9751 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9753 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9754 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9755 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9756 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9757 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9759 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9760 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9762 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9763 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9764 Stops when a match is found.
9765 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9767 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9769 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9771 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9772 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9773 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9774 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9775 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9776 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9777 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9778 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9780 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9781 produce the list of files to search.
9783 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9785 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9787 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9788 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9789 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9790 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9791 directory specification.
9793 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9795 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9796 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9798 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9800 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9801 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9802 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9803 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9807 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9808 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9809 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9810 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9811 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9817 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9818 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9819 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9820 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9821 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9822 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9823 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9824 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
9825 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9827 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9832 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9833 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9835 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9836 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9838 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9839 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9842 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9843 even if the buffer is read-only.
9845 See also the descriptions of the variables
9846 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9848 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9850 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9851 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9853 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9854 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9856 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9857 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9860 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9861 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9863 See also the descriptions of the variables
9864 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9866 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9868 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9869 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9870 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9871 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9873 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9875 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9876 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9877 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9878 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9880 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9881 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9884 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9885 buffer is read-only.
9887 See also the descriptions of the variables
9888 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9889 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9891 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9893 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9894 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9896 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9897 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9899 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9900 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9901 the primary language.
9903 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9904 buffer is read-only.
9906 See also the descriptions of the variables
9907 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9908 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9910 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9912 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9913 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9914 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9916 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9918 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9919 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9923 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9924 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9926 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9927 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9930 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9931 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9932 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9934 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9936 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9938 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9939 This function is deprecated.
9943 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9944 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9948 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9949 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9953 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9954 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9956 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9957 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9959 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9960 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9964 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9965 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9969 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9970 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9974 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9975 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9979 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9980 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9981 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9985 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9988 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9992 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9993 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9994 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
9995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9997 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9998 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9999 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10000 server for future sessions.
10002 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10004 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10005 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10006 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10008 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10010 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10011 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10012 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10014 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10016 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10017 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10018 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10019 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10020 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10021 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10022 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10023 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10024 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10025 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10026 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10027 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10029 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10031 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10032 Display a form to query the directory server.
10033 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10034 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10036 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10038 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10039 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10040 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10044 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10048 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10049 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10050 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18464 4595))
10051 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10053 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10054 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10056 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10058 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10059 Display URL and make it clickable.
10061 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10063 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10064 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10066 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10068 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10069 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10071 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10073 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10074 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10076 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10078 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10079 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10081 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10085 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10086 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18464 4595))
10087 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10089 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10090 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10091 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10095 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10096 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10102 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10103 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
10104 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10106 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10107 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10113 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18468
10115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10117 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10118 Create an empty ewoc.
10120 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10122 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10123 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10124 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10125 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10126 `insert-before-markers'.
10128 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10129 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10130 respectively, of the ewoc.
10132 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10133 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10134 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10136 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10140 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10141 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10142 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10143 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
10144 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10146 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10147 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10148 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10150 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10152 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10153 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10154 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10155 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10156 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10158 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10160 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10161 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10162 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10163 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10164 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10167 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10169 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10170 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10171 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10175 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10176 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10177 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10184 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10185 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10186 ;;;;;; (18537 16427))
10187 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10189 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10190 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10191 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10192 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10194 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10196 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10197 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10198 to generate such functions.
10200 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10201 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10202 beginning of the expanded text.
10204 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10205 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10206 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10207 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10209 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10211 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10213 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10214 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10215 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10219 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10220 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10221 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10225 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10226 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10227 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10230 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10231 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10235 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18557 19089))
10236 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10238 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10239 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10240 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10242 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10243 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10244 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10246 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10251 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10254 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10256 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10258 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10259 `f90-program-indent'
10260 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10262 `f90-continuation-indent'
10263 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10264 `f90-comment-region'
10265 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10266 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10267 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10268 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10270 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10271 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10272 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10273 `f90-break-delimiters'
10274 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10275 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10276 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10277 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10279 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10280 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10282 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10283 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10284 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10285 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10286 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10287 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10288 `f90-leave-line-no'
10289 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10291 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10292 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10298 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10299 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10300 ;;;;;; face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base face-remap-add-relative)
10301 ;;;;;; "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18525 21991))
10302 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10304 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10305 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10307 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10308 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10310 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10311 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10312 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10313 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10314 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10315 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10316 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10318 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10319 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10320 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10322 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10324 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10325 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10327 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10329 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10330 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10331 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10332 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10333 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10334 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10336 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10338 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10339 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10340 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10342 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10343 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10344 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10345 will remove any scaling currently active.
10347 \(fn &optional INC)" t nil)
10349 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10350 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10351 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10353 \(fn &optional DEC)" t nil)
10354 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10355 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10356 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10357 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10359 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10360 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10362 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10363 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10365 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10366 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10367 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10369 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10370 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10371 is one of the above.
10373 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10374 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10375 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10376 will remove any scaling currently active.
10378 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10379 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10380 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10381 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10382 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10384 \(fn &optional INC)" t nil)
10386 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10387 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10388 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10389 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10393 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10394 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10395 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10396 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10397 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10399 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10400 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10402 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10404 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10405 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10406 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10407 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10409 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10410 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10411 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10412 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10414 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10415 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10417 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10419 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10420 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10421 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10422 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10428 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10429 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10430 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18430 26746))
10431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10433 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10434 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10435 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10436 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10440 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10441 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10445 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10446 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10447 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10448 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10452 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10453 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10454 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10455 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10456 backup file names and the like).
10458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10460 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10461 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10462 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10463 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10464 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10465 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10466 internally by feedmail):
10468 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10469 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10470 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10471 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10473 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10474 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10475 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10476 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10477 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10479 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10483 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10484 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18510 60654))
10485 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10487 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10488 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10489 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10490 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10491 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10492 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10493 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10495 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10497 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10498 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10499 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10500 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10501 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10502 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10503 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10505 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10507 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10509 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10510 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10511 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10512 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10513 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10514 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10516 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10518 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10519 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10520 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10522 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10523 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10528 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10529 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10531 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10533 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10534 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10540 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10541 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10542 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10543 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18464 4589))
10544 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10546 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10547 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10548 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10549 be added to the cache.
10551 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10553 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10554 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10555 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10556 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10557 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10559 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10561 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10562 Add FILE to the file cache.
10566 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10567 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10568 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10570 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10572 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10573 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10574 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10576 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10578 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10579 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10580 This function does not use any external programs
10581 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10582 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10583 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10585 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10587 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10588 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10589 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10590 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10591 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10592 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10593 \(directories) is done.
10599 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18532
10601 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10603 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10604 Filesets initialization.
10605 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10611 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18464 4590))
10612 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10614 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10615 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10617 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10618 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10620 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10622 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10623 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10625 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10629 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10630 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10631 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18535 25651))
10632 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10634 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10635 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10636 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10637 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10638 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10640 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10642 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10643 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10644 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10645 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10646 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10648 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10650 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10651 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10652 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10653 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10655 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10657 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10658 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10659 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10660 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10662 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10664 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10665 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10666 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10668 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10670 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10671 as the final argument.
10673 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10675 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10676 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10677 and run dired on those files.
10678 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10679 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10681 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10683 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10685 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10686 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10687 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10689 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10691 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10693 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10697 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10698 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10699 ;;;;;; (18464 4590))
10700 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10702 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10703 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10704 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10705 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10706 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10707 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10708 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10710 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10711 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10712 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10714 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10716 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10718 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10720 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10721 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10722 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10724 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10725 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10727 Variables of interest include:
10729 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10730 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10731 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10733 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10734 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10735 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10737 - `ff-ignore-include'
10738 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10740 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10741 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10744 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10746 - `ff-special-constructs'
10747 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10748 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10749 extracting the filename from that construct.
10751 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10752 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10754 - `ff-search-directories'
10755 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10756 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10758 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10759 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10761 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10762 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10764 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10765 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10767 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10768 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10770 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10771 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10773 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10775 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10776 Visit the file you click on.
10778 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10780 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10781 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10783 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10787 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10788 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10789 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10790 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10791 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10792 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10793 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18463 55075))
10794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10796 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10797 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10799 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10801 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10802 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10803 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10804 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10806 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10807 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10808 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10809 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10811 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10813 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10814 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10816 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10817 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10818 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10819 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10821 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10822 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10825 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10827 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10828 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10830 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10831 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10832 places point before the definition.
10833 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10835 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10836 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10837 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10839 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10841 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10842 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10844 See `find-function' for more details.
10846 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10848 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10849 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10851 See `find-function' for more details.
10853 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10855 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10856 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10858 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10859 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10860 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10862 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10863 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10865 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10867 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10868 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10870 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10871 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10872 places point before the definition.
10874 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10876 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10877 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10878 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10880 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10882 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10883 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10885 See `find-variable' for more details.
10887 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10889 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10890 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10892 See `find-variable' for more details.
10894 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10896 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10897 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10898 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10899 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10900 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10901 buffer nor display it.
10903 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10904 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10906 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10908 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10909 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10911 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10912 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10913 places point before the definition.
10915 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10917 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10918 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10919 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10923 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10924 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10925 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10929 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10930 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10934 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10935 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10939 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10940 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10946 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10947 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18464 4590))
10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10950 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10951 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10953 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10955 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10956 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10960 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10961 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10963 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10967 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10968 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18525 22690))
10969 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10971 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10972 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10976 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10977 Display FILE's commentary section.
10978 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10982 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10983 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10989 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10990 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18542 54562))
10991 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10993 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10994 Toggle flow control handling.
10995 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10996 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10998 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11000 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11001 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11002 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11003 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11004 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11005 to get the effect of a C-q.
11007 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11011 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11012 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
11013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11015 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11018 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11020 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11023 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11027 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11028 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18501 7474))
11029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11031 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11032 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11033 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11034 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11038 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11039 Turn flymake mode on.
11043 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11044 Turn flymake mode off.
11050 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11051 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11052 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18542 54562))
11053 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11055 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11056 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11059 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11061 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11062 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11063 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11064 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11065 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11066 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11067 otherwise turn it off.
11070 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11071 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11072 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11073 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11076 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11079 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11080 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11081 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11083 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11085 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11086 in your .emacs file.
11088 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11089 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11093 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11094 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11098 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11099 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11103 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11104 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11108 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11109 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11111 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11113 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11114 Flyspell whole buffer.
11120 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11121 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11122 ;;;;;; (18464 4590))
11123 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11125 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11126 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11130 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11131 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11135 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11136 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11138 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11139 of two major techniques:
11141 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11142 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11143 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11145 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11146 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11147 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11150 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11151 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11152 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11153 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11154 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11157 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11158 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11160 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11162 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11163 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11164 \(This is the default.)
11166 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11168 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11169 \\{follow-mode-map}
11171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11173 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11174 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11176 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11177 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11178 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11179 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11180 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11181 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11183 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11184 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11185 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11187 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11188 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11189 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11195 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18464
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11199 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11200 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11201 \\<message-mode-map>
11205 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11206 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11207 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11208 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11209 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11210 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11216 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11217 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18464 4590))
11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11220 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11221 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11223 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11224 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11225 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11226 C-c < forms-first-record <
11227 C-c > forms-last-record >
11228 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11229 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11230 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11231 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11232 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11233 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11234 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11235 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11236 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11237 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11239 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11241 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11242 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11246 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11247 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11253 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11254 ;;;;;; (18511 17180))
11255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11257 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11258 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11259 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11261 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11262 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11264 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11267 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11269 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11271 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11272 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11273 `fortran-do-indent'
11274 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11275 `fortran-if-indent'
11276 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11277 `fortran-structure-indent'
11278 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11280 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11281 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11282 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11283 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11284 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11285 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11286 nil don't change the indentation
11287 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11289 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11290 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11291 depending on the continuation format in use.
11292 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11293 indentation for a line of code.
11295 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11296 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11297 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11298 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11299 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11300 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11301 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11302 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11303 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11304 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11306 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11307 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11308 statements (default nil).
11309 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11310 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11311 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11312 `fortran-continuation-string'
11313 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11314 line (default \"$\").
11315 `fortran-comment-region'
11316 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11317 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11318 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11319 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11320 as typed (default t).
11321 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11322 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11324 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11325 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11331 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11332 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18464 4597))
11333 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11335 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11336 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11338 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11339 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11341 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11343 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11344 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11346 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11347 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11349 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11351 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11352 Compile fortune file.
11354 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11355 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11357 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11359 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11360 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11362 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11363 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11364 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11365 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11367 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11369 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11370 Display a fortune cookie.
11372 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11373 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11374 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11375 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11377 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11381 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11382 ;;;;;; (18543 19762))
11383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11385 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11386 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11387 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11388 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11390 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11391 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11392 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11393 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11395 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11396 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11397 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11398 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11399 some of the buffers.
11401 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11403 The following commands help control operation :
11405 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11406 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11408 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11409 detailed description of this mode.
11411 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11413 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11414 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11415 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11417 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11419 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11420 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11421 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11423 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
11424 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
11425 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11428 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11430 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11432 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11433 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11435 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11439 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11440 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18463
11442 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11444 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11445 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11446 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11447 instead (which see).")
11449 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11450 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11452 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11453 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11454 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11455 documentation string instead.
11457 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11458 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11459 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11460 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11461 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11462 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11463 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11464 enders are actually possible.
11466 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11467 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11469 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11470 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11471 `font-lock-keywords'.
11473 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11474 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11475 runs the macro expansion.
11477 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11478 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11479 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11481 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11483 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11485 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11486 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11488 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11490 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11491 Enter generic mode MODE.
11493 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11494 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11495 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11497 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11498 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11502 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11503 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11504 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11505 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11506 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11507 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11508 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11509 `font-lock-keywords'.
11511 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11515 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11516 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
11517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11519 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11520 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11521 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11522 at places they belong to.
11524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11528 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11529 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11530 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11531 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11533 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11534 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11535 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11537 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11539 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11540 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11542 Guideline for numbers:
11544 3 - non-serious error messages
11545 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11546 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11547 9 - messages inside loops.
11549 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11551 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11552 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11553 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11555 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11557 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11558 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11560 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11562 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11563 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11565 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11566 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11567 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11568 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11569 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11570 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11572 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11573 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11574 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11575 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11576 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11578 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11580 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11584 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11585 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18538 57198))
11586 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11587 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11588 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11590 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11591 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11595 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11597 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11598 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11599 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11600 name of an NNTP server to use.
11601 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11604 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11606 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11607 Read news as a slave.
11609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11611 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11612 Pop up a frame to read news.
11613 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11614 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11615 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11616 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11617 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11618 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11619 current display is used.
11621 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11623 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11625 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11626 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11627 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11629 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11633 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11634 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11635 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11636 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11637 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11638 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18511 17106))
11639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11641 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11642 Start Gnus unplugged.
11646 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11647 Start Gnus plugged.
11651 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11652 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11656 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11657 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11659 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11660 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11661 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11663 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11664 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11665 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11669 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11670 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11674 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11675 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11676 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11677 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11678 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11681 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11683 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11684 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11685 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11686 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11687 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11690 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11692 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11693 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11697 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11698 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11699 downloaded into the agent.
11701 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11703 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11704 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11705 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11706 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11708 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11710 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11711 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11715 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11716 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11720 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11721 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11722 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11724 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11728 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11729 ;;;;;; (18555 10930))
11730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11732 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11733 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11740 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11743 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11744 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11751 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18463 55076))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11754 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11755 Set a bookmark for this article.
11759 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11760 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11762 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11764 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11765 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11766 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11767 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11768 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11774 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11775 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11776 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18511
11778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11780 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11781 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11784 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11788 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11789 Generate the cache active file.
11791 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11793 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11794 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11798 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11799 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11800 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11801 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11802 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11805 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11807 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11808 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11809 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11810 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11811 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11814 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11818 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11819 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18463 55076))
11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11822 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11823 Delay this article by some time.
11824 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11826 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11827 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11829 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11830 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11832 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11833 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11835 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11837 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11838 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11842 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11843 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11844 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11845 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11847 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11848 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11850 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11855 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18463 55076))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11858 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11861 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11863 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11866 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11870 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11871 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11874 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11875 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11881 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11882 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
11883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11885 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11886 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11892 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11893 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11894 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18463
11896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11898 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11899 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11903 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11904 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11908 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11909 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11911 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11912 different input formats.
11916 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11917 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11919 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11920 different input formats.
11924 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11925 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11926 The PNG is returned as a string.
11928 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11930 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11931 Convert FILE to a Face.
11932 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11935 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11939 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11940 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18511 17106))
11941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11943 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11944 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11945 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11946 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11948 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11950 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11951 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11953 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11957 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11958 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11961 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11963 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11964 Run batched scoring.
11965 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11971 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11972 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11973 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11976 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11981 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11982 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11983 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11985 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11987 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11988 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11990 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11996 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11997 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11998 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12001 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12002 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12003 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12004 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12007 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12008 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12009 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12010 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12012 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12013 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12014 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12015 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12016 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12017 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12018 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12019 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12020 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12021 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12023 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12025 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12026 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12027 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12030 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12031 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12033 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12035 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12036 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12037 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12039 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12043 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12044 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12045 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12047 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12049 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12050 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12051 existing groups are considered.
12053 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12054 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12057 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12058 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12059 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12060 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12061 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12062 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12063 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12064 clauses will be generated.
12066 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12067 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12068 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12069 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12070 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12071 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12073 For example, given the following group parameters:
12076 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12077 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12079 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12080 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12081 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12082 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12084 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12086 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12088 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12090 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12091 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12094 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12098 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12099 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12102 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12103 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12104 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12106 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12110 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12111 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18511 17106))
12112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12114 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12115 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12116 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12117 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12119 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12121 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12124 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12126 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12127 Like `message-reply'.
12129 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12131 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12136 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18463 55076))
12137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12139 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12140 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12144 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12145 Load the NoCeM cache.
12151 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12152 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12153 ;;;;;; (18511 17106))
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12156 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12157 Display picons in the From header.
12158 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12162 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12163 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12164 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12168 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12169 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12170 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12176 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12177 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12178 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12179 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12180 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18463 55076))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12183 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12184 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12185 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12186 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12188 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12190 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12191 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12192 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12195 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12197 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12198 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12199 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12201 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12203 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12206 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12208 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12209 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12210 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12212 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12214 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12215 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12216 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12218 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12220 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12222 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12223 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12224 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12226 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12228 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12229 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12230 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12232 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12234 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12235 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12236 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12238 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12240 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12241 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12243 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12247 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12248 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18466 54866))
12249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12251 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12252 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12256 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12257 Install the registry hooks.
12263 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12264 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18463
12266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12268 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12269 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12270 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12271 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12272 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12273 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12277 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12278 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12279 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12280 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12281 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12285 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12292 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12293 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
12294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12296 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12297 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12298 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12299 for matching on group names.
12301 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12302 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12304 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12306 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12312 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12313 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12316 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12317 Update the format specification near point.
12323 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12324 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18463
12326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12328 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12329 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12331 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12333 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12340 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12341 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
12342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12344 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12345 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12347 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12351 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18464 4597))
12352 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12354 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12355 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12357 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12358 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12359 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12361 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12362 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12363 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12365 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12366 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12368 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12369 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12371 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12373 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12377 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12378 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18464
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12382 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12384 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12385 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12386 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12387 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12388 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12390 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12392 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12393 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12394 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12396 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12397 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12399 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12400 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12403 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12405 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12406 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12410 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12411 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12417 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12418 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12419 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18551 13872))
12420 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12422 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12423 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12425 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12427 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12428 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12429 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12430 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12431 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12433 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12434 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12436 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12438 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12439 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12440 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12441 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12443 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12445 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12446 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12448 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12450 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12451 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12453 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12454 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12455 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12457 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12458 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12459 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12461 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12462 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12463 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12464 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12466 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12467 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12468 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12469 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12470 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12472 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12474 (defvar grep-history nil)
12476 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12478 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12479 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12480 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12484 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12489 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12490 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12494 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12495 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12496 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12497 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12500 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12501 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12503 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12504 can easily repeat a grep command.
12506 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12507 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12508 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12511 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12513 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12514 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12515 Collect output in a buffer.
12516 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12517 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12519 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12520 easily repeat a find command.
12522 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12524 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12526 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12527 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12528 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12529 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12530 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12532 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12533 before it is executed.
12534 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12536 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12537 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12538 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12540 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12542 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12544 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12545 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12546 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12547 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12548 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12550 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12551 before it is executed.
12552 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12554 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12555 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12556 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12558 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12560 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12564 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18532 49467))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12567 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12568 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12569 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12570 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12571 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12573 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12577 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12578 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18543 19762))
12579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12581 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12582 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12583 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12584 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12586 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12588 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12589 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12590 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12591 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12593 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12595 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12596 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12597 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12598 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12600 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12602 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12603 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12604 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12605 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12607 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12608 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12610 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12612 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12613 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12614 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12615 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12617 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12619 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12620 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12621 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12622 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12624 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12626 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12627 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12628 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12629 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12630 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12632 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12633 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12634 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12635 original source file access method.
12637 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12638 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12640 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12641 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12643 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12645 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12646 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12652 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18464
12654 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12656 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12657 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12658 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12659 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12661 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12662 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12663 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12664 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12670 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12671 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
12672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12674 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12675 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12677 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12679 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12680 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12681 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12682 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12684 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12688 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12689 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12690 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12691 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12698 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12699 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12700 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18525 26122))
12701 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12703 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12704 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12708 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12709 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12710 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12714 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12715 Verify a hashcash payment
12717 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12719 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12720 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12721 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12722 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12723 `mail-add-payment-async').
12725 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12727 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12728 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12729 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12730 Calculation is asynchronous.
12732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12734 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12735 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12736 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12742 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12743 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12744 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12745 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18464 4590))
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12748 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12749 Return the help-echo string at point.
12750 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12751 property, or nil, is returned.
12752 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12753 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12754 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12756 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12758 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12759 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12760 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12761 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12762 this produces no string either, return nil.
12766 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12767 Display local help in the echo area.
12768 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12769 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12770 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12773 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12774 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12775 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12779 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12780 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12781 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12785 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12786 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12787 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12791 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12792 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12793 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12794 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12795 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12796 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12797 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12798 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12799 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12800 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12801 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12803 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12804 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12805 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12806 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12807 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12809 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12810 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12811 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12812 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12813 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12814 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12815 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12816 The default is `never'.")
12818 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12820 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12821 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12822 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12823 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12824 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12825 considered different regions.
12827 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12828 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12829 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12830 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12831 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12832 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12833 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12834 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12835 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12837 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12839 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12840 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12841 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12842 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12845 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12846 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12847 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12848 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12849 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12850 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12851 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12852 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12854 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12855 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12856 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12857 rarely happens in practice.
12859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12861 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12862 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12863 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12864 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12865 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12866 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12872 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12873 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12874 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12875 ;;;;;; (18505 42562))
12876 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12878 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12879 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12881 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12883 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12884 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12885 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12887 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12889 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
12890 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12892 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12894 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12897 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12899 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12900 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12901 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12902 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12904 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12906 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12907 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12908 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12909 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12910 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12911 it is displayed along with the global value.
12913 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12915 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12916 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12917 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12918 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12920 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12922 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12923 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12924 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12925 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12926 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12928 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12932 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12933 ;;;;;; (18464 4590))
12934 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12936 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12937 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12938 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12939 and window listing and describing the options.
12940 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12941 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12943 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12947 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12948 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12949 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18464
12951 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12953 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12954 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12955 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12961 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12966 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12971 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12972 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12974 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12975 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12976 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12977 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12979 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12980 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12981 restore it properly when going back.
12983 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12985 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12990 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12991 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12993 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12994 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12995 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12996 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12997 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12998 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12999 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13000 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13002 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13003 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13004 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13005 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13007 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13008 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13011 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13013 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13014 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13015 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13016 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13017 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13018 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13020 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13022 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13023 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13024 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13025 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13026 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13028 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13030 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13031 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13033 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13037 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13038 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18463 55075))
13039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13041 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13042 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13046 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13047 Provide help for current mode.
13053 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13054 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18464 4590))
13055 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13057 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13058 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13059 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13060 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13061 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13063 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13064 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13066 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13067 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13068 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13069 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13071 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13072 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13075 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13080 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13081 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13082 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13083 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13084 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13085 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13086 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13087 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13088 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13089 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13090 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13091 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13092 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13093 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13094 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13096 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13097 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13098 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13100 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13103 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13105 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13106 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13107 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13109 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13110 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13111 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13113 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13114 into the buffer at the current point.
13116 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13117 into the buffer at the current point.
13119 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13120 into the buffer at the current point.
13122 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13124 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13125 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13127 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13129 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13133 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13134 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13135 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13136 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13138 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13140 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13141 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13142 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13148 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13149 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13150 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13151 ;;;;;; (18537 16427))
13152 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13154 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13155 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13157 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13158 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13159 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13160 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13161 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13162 called interactively, are:
13164 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13165 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13167 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13168 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13169 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13170 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13172 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13173 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13175 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13176 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13178 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13179 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13180 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13181 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13182 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13183 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13184 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13185 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13186 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13187 function returns t.
13189 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13190 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13192 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13193 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13196 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13197 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13198 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13199 Patterns will be read until
13201 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13205 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13206 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13207 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13210 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13212 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13214 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13215 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13216 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13217 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13218 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13222 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13224 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13225 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13227 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13228 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13229 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13230 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13231 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13233 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13235 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13237 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13238 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13240 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13241 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13242 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13243 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13244 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13246 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13248 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13250 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13251 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13253 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13254 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13256 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13258 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13260 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13261 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13263 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13264 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13265 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13266 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13267 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13269 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13271 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13272 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13274 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13275 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13276 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13282 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13283 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
13284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13286 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13287 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13288 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13289 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13290 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13291 how the hiding is done:
13294 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13295 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13298 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13299 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13300 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13301 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13302 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13305 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13306 #endif lines when hiding.
13308 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13309 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13312 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13313 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13314 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13316 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13322 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13323 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
13324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13326 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13327 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13328 Each element has the form
13329 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13331 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13332 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13334 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13335 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13337 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13338 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13339 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13340 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13341 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13342 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13344 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13345 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13347 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13348 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13350 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13351 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13352 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13354 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13355 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13356 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13357 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13358 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13360 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13361 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13362 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13364 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13365 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13367 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13370 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13374 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13375 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13381 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13382 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13383 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13384 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13385 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18464
13387 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13389 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13390 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13392 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13394 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13395 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13396 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13399 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13400 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13401 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13402 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13403 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13404 through various faces.
13405 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13406 buffer with the contents of a file
13407 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13411 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13412 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13414 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13415 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13416 in a distinctive face.
13418 The default value can be customized with variable
13419 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13421 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13425 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13426 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13427 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13429 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13431 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13432 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13436 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13437 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13441 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13442 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13444 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13445 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13446 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13447 shown in the last face in the list.
13449 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13450 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13451 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13453 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13457 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13458 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13460 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13462 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13465 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13466 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13468 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13469 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13470 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13472 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13474 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13475 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13477 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13478 this function is called interactively.
13480 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13481 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13482 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13484 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13485 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13486 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13488 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13490 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13491 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13492 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13495 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13497 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13499 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13500 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13501 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13502 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13503 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13509 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13510 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13511 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13512 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13513 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18542 54562))
13514 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13516 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13517 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13518 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13519 or insert functions in this list.")
13521 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13523 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13524 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13526 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13528 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13529 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13531 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13533 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13534 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13536 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13538 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13539 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13541 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13543 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13544 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13545 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13547 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13549 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13550 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13551 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13554 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13556 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13557 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13558 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13559 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13560 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13562 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13564 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13565 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13566 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13567 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13568 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13570 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13571 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13572 undoes the expansion.
13576 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13577 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13578 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13579 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13581 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13585 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13586 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
13587 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13589 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13590 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13591 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13593 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13594 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13595 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13596 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13597 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13599 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13600 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13601 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13602 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13606 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13607 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13608 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13609 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13610 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13611 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13613 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13615 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13616 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13617 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13619 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13620 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13626 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays calendar-holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13627 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13628 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13629 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13630 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18531 8965))
13631 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13633 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13634 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13635 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13637 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13639 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13641 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13643 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13645 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13647 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13649 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13651 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13653 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13655 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13657 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13659 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13661 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13663 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13664 User defined holidays.
13665 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13667 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13669 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13671 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13673 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13674 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13676 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13678 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13679 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13681 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13683 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13684 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13686 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13688 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13689 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13691 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13693 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13695 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13697 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13699 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13701 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13703 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13704 Christian holidays.
13705 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13707 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13709 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13711 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13713 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13715 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13717 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13719 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13721 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13723 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13725 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13727 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13729 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13731 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13733 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13734 Sun-related holidays.
13735 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13737 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13739 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13741 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13743 (defvar calendar-holidays (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-christian-holidays holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-solar-holidays) "\
13744 List of notable days for the command \\[holidays].
13746 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the
13747 list `holiday-other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting
13748 any of `holiday-general-holidays', `holiday-local-holidays',
13749 `holiday-christian-holidays', `holiday-hebrew-holidays',
13750 `holiday-islamic-holidays', `holiday-bahai-holidays',
13751 `holiday-oriental-holidays', or `holiday-solar-holidays' to nil in your
13752 .emacs file, you can eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.
13754 The aforementioned variables control the holiday choices offered
13755 by the function `holiday-list' when it is called interactively.
13757 They also initialize the default value of `calendar-holidays',
13758 which is the default list of holidays used by the function
13759 `holiday-list' in the non-interactive case. Note that these
13760 variables have no effect on `calendar-holidays' after it has been
13761 set (e.g. after the calendar is loaded). In that case, customize
13762 `calendar-holidays' directly.
13764 The intention is that (in the US) `holiday-local-holidays' be set in
13765 site-init.el and `holiday-other-holidays' be set by the user.
13767 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
13768 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the
13769 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
13770 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
13772 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
13773 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
13774 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
13775 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
13776 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
13777 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
13778 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
13779 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
13780 (holiday-bahai MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Baha'i calendar
13781 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
13782 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
13783 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
13784 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
13785 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
13786 is an expression in the variable `date'.
13788 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
13790 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
13792 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
13793 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
13795 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
13797 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
13798 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
13800 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
13802 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan.
13803 To add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday, use
13805 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
13807 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.
13808 To add an entry for the Baha'i festival of Ridvan, use
13810 (holiday-bahai 2 13 \"Festival of Ridvan\")
13812 since the Baha'i months are numbered from 1 starting with Baha.
13813 To add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
13815 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
13817 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
13818 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
13819 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
13822 '(if (zerop (% year 4))
13823 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13824 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13825 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13826 (list 11 1 year)))))))
13827 \"US Presidential Election\")
13831 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
13833 (calendar-extract-day
13834 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13835 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13836 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13837 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
13838 \"US Presidential Election\"))
13840 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
13844 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
13845 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
13846 with descriptive strings such as
13848 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
13850 (custom-autoload 'calendar-holidays "holidays" t)
13852 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13854 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13855 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13856 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13857 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13861 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13862 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13863 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13864 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13865 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13867 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13868 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13870 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13871 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13873 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13874 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13875 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13876 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13879 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13881 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13883 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13887 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18486
13889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13891 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13892 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13898 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13899 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13900 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13901 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13902 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13903 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13904 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13905 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13906 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13907 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13908 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13909 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13910 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13911 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13912 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13913 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13914 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13915 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13916 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13917 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13918 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13919 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13920 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18533 43994))
13921 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13923 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13924 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13925 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13929 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13932 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13934 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13935 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13937 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13939 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13942 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13949 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13950 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13952 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13955 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13957 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13959 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13960 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13961 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13962 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13963 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13964 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13965 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13967 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13970 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13973 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13975 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13980 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13981 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13985 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13986 Remove the first filter group.
13990 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13991 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13993 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13995 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13996 Remove all filter groups.
14000 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14001 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14006 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14007 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14011 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Kill the filter group at point.
14013 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14015 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14017 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14018 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14022 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14027 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14029 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14030 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14032 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14034 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14035 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14036 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14040 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14041 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14042 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14046 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14047 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14051 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14052 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14057 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14059 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14060 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14061 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14065 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14066 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14070 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14071 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14075 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14076 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14077 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14080 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14082 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14083 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14084 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14086 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14088 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14098 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14102 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14103 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14104 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14105 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14106 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14107 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14108 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14109 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14111 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14113 Default sorting modes are:
14114 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14115 Name - the name of the buffer
14116 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14117 Size - the size of the buffer
14121 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14125 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14126 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14127 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14128 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14129 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14131 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14132 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14136 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14137 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14138 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14139 for this Ibuffer session.
14141 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14143 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14144 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14145 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14146 for this Ibuffer session.
14148 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14153 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14154 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14156 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14157 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14159 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14161 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14162 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14164 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14165 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14167 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14169 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14170 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14174 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14177 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14178 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14179 hidden group filter, open it.
14181 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14182 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14183 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14187 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14188 View the differences between marked buffers and their associated files.
14189 If no buffers are marked, use buffer at point.
14190 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14194 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14195 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14197 The names are separated by a space.
14198 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14200 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14201 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14202 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14203 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14205 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14209 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14210 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14212 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14214 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14215 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14217 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14219 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14220 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14222 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14224 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14225 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14229 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14230 Mark all modified buffers.
14234 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14235 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14239 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14240 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14244 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14245 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14249 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14250 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14254 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14255 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14259 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14260 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14264 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14265 Mark all read-only buffers.
14269 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14270 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14274 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14275 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14276 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14279 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14283 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14284 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18542
14286 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14288 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14289 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14291 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14292 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14293 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14295 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14296 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14297 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14298 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14299 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14300 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14302 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14303 title of the column.
14305 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14306 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14307 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14308 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14309 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14311 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14313 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14314 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14315 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14316 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14317 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14319 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14320 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14321 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14323 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14325 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14326 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14327 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14328 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14329 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14330 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14332 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14333 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14334 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14335 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14336 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14337 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14338 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14339 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14341 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14342 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14343 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14344 buffer's modification flag.
14345 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14346 prompted before performing this operation.
14347 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14348 operation is complete, in the form:
14349 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14350 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14351 confirmation message, in the form:
14352 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14353 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14354 macro for exactly what it does.
14356 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14358 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14359 Define a filter named NAME.
14360 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14361 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14362 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14364 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14365 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14366 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14367 bound to the current value of the filter.
14369 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14373 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14374 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18539 50011))
14375 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14377 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14378 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14379 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14380 buffers which are visiting a file.
14382 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14384 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14385 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14386 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14387 buffers which are visiting a file.
14389 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14391 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14392 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14393 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14395 All arguments are optional.
14396 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14397 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14398 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14399 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14400 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14401 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14402 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14403 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14404 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14405 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14406 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14407 that value locally in this buffer.
14409 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14413 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14414 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14415 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18542 54562))
14416 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14418 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14419 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14420 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14421 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14423 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14425 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14426 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14427 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14428 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14430 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14431 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14432 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14434 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14436 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14437 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14438 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14439 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14440 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14441 non-marking or not.
14443 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14445 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14446 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14448 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14449 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14452 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14453 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14454 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14456 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14459 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14460 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14461 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14463 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14467 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18498
14469 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14471 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14472 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14473 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14474 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14475 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14476 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14478 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14480 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14481 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14482 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14483 otherwise turn it off.
14485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14489 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18464 4598))
14490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14492 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14493 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14494 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14495 Tab indents for Icon code.
14496 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14497 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14499 Variables controlling indentation style:
14500 icon-tab-always-indent
14501 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14502 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14504 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14505 inserted in Icon code.
14507 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14508 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14509 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14510 icon-continued-statement-offset
14511 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14512 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14513 icon-continued-brace-offset
14514 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14515 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14517 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14518 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14519 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14520 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14522 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14523 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14529 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14530 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
14531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14533 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14534 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14535 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14536 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14538 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14539 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14542 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14543 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14545 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14546 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14547 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14549 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14551 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14555 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14556 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
14557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14559 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14560 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14562 The main features of this mode are
14564 1. Indentation and Formatting
14565 --------------------------
14566 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14567 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14569 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14570 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14571 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14572 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14574 Comments are indented as follows:
14576 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14577 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14578 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14580 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14582 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14583 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14584 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14585 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14586 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14587 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14589 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14590 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14591 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14592 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14596 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14597 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14598 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14599 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14600 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14601 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14602 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14603 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14604 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14605 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14610 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14611 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14612 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14613 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14617 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14618 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14619 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14620 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14621 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14624 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14625 --------------------------------
14626 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14627 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14629 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14630 \\fu FUNCTION template
14631 \\c CASE statement template
14632 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14633 \\f FOR loop template
14634 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14635 \\w WHILE loop template
14636 \\i IF statement template
14637 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14640 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14641 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14643 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14644 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14645 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14646 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14648 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14649 -------------------------
14650 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14651 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14653 7. Automatic END completion
14654 ------------------------
14655 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14656 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14660 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14661 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14663 9. Documentation and Customization
14664 -------------------------------
14665 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14666 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14667 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14668 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14669 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14673 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14674 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14675 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14677 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14680 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14684 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14685 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14686 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14687 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14688 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14689 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14690 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14691 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18532
14693 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14695 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14696 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14697 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14698 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14700 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14701 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14702 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14705 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14707 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14709 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14710 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14711 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14712 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14713 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14714 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14715 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14716 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14717 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14721 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14722 Switch to another buffer.
14723 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14724 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14727 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14728 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14729 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14730 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14731 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14733 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14734 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14736 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14737 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14739 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14740 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14741 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14742 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14743 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14744 in a separate window.
14745 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14746 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14747 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14749 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14750 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14751 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14752 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14753 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14757 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14758 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14759 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14764 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14765 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14766 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14771 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14773 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14778 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14779 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14780 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14781 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14785 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14786 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14787 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14788 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14792 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14793 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14797 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14798 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14799 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14800 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14801 visible in another frame.
14803 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14804 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14805 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14806 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14807 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14808 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14810 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14811 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14813 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14814 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14816 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14817 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14818 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14819 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14820 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14821 in a separate window.
14822 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14823 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14824 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14825 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14826 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14827 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14828 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14829 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14830 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14831 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14832 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14833 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14834 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14835 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14836 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14840 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14841 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14843 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14847 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14848 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14849 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14850 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14854 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14855 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14856 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14857 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14861 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14862 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14863 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14864 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14868 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14869 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14870 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14871 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14875 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14876 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14877 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14878 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14882 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14883 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14884 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14885 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14889 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14890 Write current buffer to a file.
14891 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14892 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14896 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14897 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14898 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14899 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14903 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14904 Call `dired' the ido way.
14905 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14906 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14910 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14911 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14912 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14913 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14914 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14915 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14917 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14919 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14920 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14921 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14922 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14924 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14926 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14927 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14928 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14929 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14931 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14933 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14934 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14935 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14936 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14937 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14938 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14939 with `completing-read'.
14940 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14941 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14942 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14943 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14944 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14945 with point positioned at the end.
14946 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14947 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14949 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14953 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18464 4590))
14954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14955 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14957 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14958 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14959 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14965 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14966 ;;;;;; (18464 4590))
14967 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14969 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14970 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14974 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14975 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14981 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14982 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14983 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14984 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14985 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18542 54562))
14986 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14988 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14989 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14990 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14993 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14995 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14996 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14997 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15002 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15003 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15004 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15007 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15009 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15010 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15011 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15014 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15016 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15017 Determine and return image type.
15018 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15019 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15020 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15021 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15022 use its file extension as image type.
15023 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15025 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15027 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15028 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15029 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15031 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15033 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15034 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15035 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15037 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15038 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15039 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15040 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15045 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15047 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15048 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15049 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15050 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15051 use its file extension as image type.
15052 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15053 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15054 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15055 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15057 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15059 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15060 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15061 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15063 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15065 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15066 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15067 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15068 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15069 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15070 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15071 POS may be an integer or marker.
15072 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15073 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15074 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15075 means display it in the right marginal area.
15077 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15079 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15080 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15081 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15082 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15083 defaulted if you omit it.
15084 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15085 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15086 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15087 means display it in the right marginal area.
15088 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15089 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15090 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15091 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15092 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15094 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15096 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15097 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15098 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15099 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15100 defaulted if you omit it.
15101 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15102 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15103 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15104 means display it in the right marginal area.
15105 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15107 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15109 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15110 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15111 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15112 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15114 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15116 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15117 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15119 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15121 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15122 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15123 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15124 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15125 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15126 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15127 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15128 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15131 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15133 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15135 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15137 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15138 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15140 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15141 documentation string.
15143 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15144 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15145 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15146 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15147 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15148 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15149 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15154 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15155 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15157 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15161 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15162 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15163 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15164 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15165 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15166 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15167 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15168 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18512 40701))
15169 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15171 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15172 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15176 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15177 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15179 Convenience command that:
15181 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15182 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15183 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15185 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15186 image files in dired and type
15187 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15189 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15191 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15192 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15194 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15197 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15198 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15199 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15200 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15203 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15204 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15205 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15207 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15208 instead of erasing it first.
15210 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15211 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15212 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15213 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15214 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15215 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15217 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15219 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15220 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15221 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15222 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15227 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15229 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15231 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15232 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15236 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15237 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15238 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15242 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15243 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15247 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15248 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15249 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15250 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15254 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15255 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15259 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15260 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15264 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15265 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15269 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15270 Display current image file.
15271 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15272 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15276 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15277 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15281 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15282 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15283 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15284 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15285 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15286 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15287 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15291 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15292 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15293 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15300 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15301 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15302 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18464 4590))
15303 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15305 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15306 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15307 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15308 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15310 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15311 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15312 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15313 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15315 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15317 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15318 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15319 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15320 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15322 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15323 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15324 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15325 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15327 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15329 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15330 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15334 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15335 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15336 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15337 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15339 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15341 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15342 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15343 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15345 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15346 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15348 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15350 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15351 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15352 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15353 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15355 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15356 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15357 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15363 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15364 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18531 17133))
15365 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15366 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15367 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15368 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15369 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15370 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15371 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15372 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15373 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15374 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15376 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15377 Major mode for image files.
15378 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15379 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15383 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15384 Toggle Image minor mode.
15385 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15386 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15390 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15391 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15392 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15393 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15394 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15395 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15397 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15398 information on these modes.
15402 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15405 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15409 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15410 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18464 4591))
15411 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15413 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15414 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15416 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15418 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15419 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15422 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15424 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15425 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15426 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15428 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15430 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15431 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15433 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15434 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15435 pattern's structure.
15437 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15438 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15439 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15444 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15445 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15447 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15448 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15449 called within a `save-excursion'.
15451 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15453 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15455 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15456 Function for finding the next index position.
15458 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15459 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15460 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15463 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15464 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15466 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15468 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15469 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15471 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15472 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15473 It should return the name for that index item.")
15475 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15477 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15478 Function to compare string with index item.
15480 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15481 non-nil if they match.
15483 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15484 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15485 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15486 arguments match\".")
15488 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15490 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15491 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15492 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15494 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15496 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15498 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15500 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15501 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15502 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15503 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15507 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15508 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15510 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15514 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15515 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15516 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15517 for more information.
15519 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15523 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15524 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15525 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18542 54562))
15526 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15528 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15529 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15531 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15533 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15536 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15538 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15541 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15543 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15546 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15548 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15549 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15555 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15556 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15557 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18542 54562))
15558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15560 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15561 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15562 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15563 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15564 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15566 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15568 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15569 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15571 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15573 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15574 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15575 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15576 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15577 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15578 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15579 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15580 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15582 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15584 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15585 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15586 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15587 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15588 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15590 This variable is only used if the variable
15591 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15593 More precise choices:
15594 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15595 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15598 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15600 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15602 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15603 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15605 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15606 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15607 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15609 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15610 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15611 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15612 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15615 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15617 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15621 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15622 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15623 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15624 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18556 62644))
15625 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15627 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15628 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15630 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15631 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15632 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15634 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15635 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15636 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15637 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15638 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15639 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15640 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15641 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15642 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15643 with the top-level Info directory.
15645 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15646 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15647 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15648 appended to the Info buffer name.
15650 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15651 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15652 in all the directories in that path.
15654 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15656 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15657 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15661 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15662 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15663 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15664 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15668 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15669 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15670 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15671 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15673 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15675 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15676 Go to the Info directory node.
15680 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15681 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15682 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15683 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15684 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15685 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15687 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15689 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15690 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15691 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15693 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15695 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15696 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15697 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15698 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15699 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15701 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15702 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15704 Selecting other nodes:
15705 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15706 Follow a node reference you click on.
15707 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15708 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15709 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15710 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15711 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15712 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15713 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15714 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15715 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15716 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15717 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15718 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15719 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15720 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15721 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15722 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15723 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15724 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15725 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15726 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15728 Moving within a node:
15729 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15730 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15731 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15732 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15733 move up to the parent node.
15734 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15735 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15737 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15740 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15741 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15742 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15743 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15744 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15745 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15746 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15747 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15748 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15749 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15750 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15751 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15752 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15753 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15754 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15755 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15758 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15760 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15761 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15762 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15763 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15764 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15765 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15767 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15768 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15770 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15771 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15773 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15774 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15775 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15776 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15780 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15781 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15782 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15786 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15789 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15793 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15794 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15795 ;;;;;; (18464 4591))
15796 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15798 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15799 Throw away all cached data.
15800 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15801 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15805 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15807 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15808 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15809 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15810 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15811 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15812 one found at point.
15814 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15816 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15817 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15819 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15820 Display the documentation of a file.
15821 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15822 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15823 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15824 The default file name is the one found at point.
15826 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15828 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15830 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15831 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15833 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15835 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15836 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15838 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15842 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15843 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18464 4591))
15844 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15846 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15847 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15849 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15851 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15852 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15853 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15857 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15858 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15859 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15861 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15862 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15869 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15870 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18464 4591))
15871 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15873 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15874 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15876 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15878 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15879 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15880 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15882 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15883 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15884 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15886 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15887 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15888 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15889 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15893 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15894 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15895 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15899 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15900 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15901 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15902 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15903 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15909 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
15910 ;;;;;; (18464 4591))
15911 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
15913 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
15914 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
15915 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
15917 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
15918 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
15920 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
15921 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
15922 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
15925 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
15926 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
15927 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
15928 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
15929 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
15930 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
15931 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
15932 buffer in the series.")
15934 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
15935 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
15936 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15942 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15943 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15944 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
15945 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15947 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15948 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15952 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15953 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15957 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15960 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15964 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18464
15966 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15968 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15969 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15970 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15971 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15972 accessed via isearchb.
15978 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15979 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15980 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15981 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18464 4594))
15982 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15984 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15985 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15986 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15987 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15988 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15990 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15992 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15993 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15994 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15995 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15996 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15998 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16000 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16001 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16002 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16003 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16004 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16006 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16008 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16009 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16010 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16011 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16012 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16014 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16016 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16017 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16018 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16019 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16020 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16022 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16024 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16025 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16026 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16027 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16028 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16030 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16032 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16033 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16034 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16035 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16038 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16040 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16041 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16042 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16043 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16045 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16047 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16048 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16049 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16050 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16052 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16054 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16055 Warn that format is read-only.
16057 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16059 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16060 Warn that format is write-only.
16062 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16064 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16065 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16072 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
16073 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16074 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16075 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16076 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16080 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16081 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16082 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16083 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16084 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18464 4602))
16085 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16086 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16088 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16089 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16090 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16091 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16093 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16094 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16096 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16097 Key map for ispell menu.")
16099 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16100 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16101 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16102 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16104 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16106 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16108 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16110 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16112 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16113 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16114 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16115 Valid forms include:
16116 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16117 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16118 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16119 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16121 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16122 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16123 First list is used raw.
16124 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16126 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16127 for skipping in latex mode.")
16129 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16130 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16131 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16132 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16133 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16134 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16135 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16137 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16138 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16139 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16140 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16142 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16143 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16144 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16145 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16146 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16148 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16149 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16151 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16152 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16154 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16155 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16157 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16158 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16161 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16162 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16163 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16164 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16165 quit spell session exited.
16167 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16169 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16170 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16171 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16173 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16175 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16176 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16180 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16181 SPC: Accept word this time.
16182 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16183 `a': Accept word for this session.
16184 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16185 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16186 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16187 `?': Show these commands.
16188 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16189 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16190 the aborted check to be completed later.
16191 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16192 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16193 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16194 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16195 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16196 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16197 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16201 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16202 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16203 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16205 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16207 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16208 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16209 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16210 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16212 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16214 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16216 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16217 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16218 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16219 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16221 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16223 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16224 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16228 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16229 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16233 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16234 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16238 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16239 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16240 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16241 sequence inside of a word.
16243 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16245 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16247 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16248 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16252 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16253 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16254 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16255 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16257 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16258 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16259 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16260 available on the net.
16264 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16265 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16266 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16267 otherwise turn it off.
16269 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16270 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16272 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16273 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16277 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16278 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16279 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16280 Don't check included messages.
16282 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16283 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16284 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16286 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16287 in your .emacs file:
16288 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16289 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16290 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16291 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16293 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16294 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16295 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16301 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18542
16303 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16305 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16306 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16307 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16308 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16309 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16310 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16312 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16314 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16315 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16316 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16317 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16318 `iswitchb' for details.
16320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16324 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16325 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16326 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16327 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18464 4595))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16330 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16335 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16336 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16337 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16338 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16339 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16340 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16341 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16342 necessary to represent OBJ.
16344 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16346 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16347 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16348 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16349 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16351 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16353 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16354 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16355 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16356 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16357 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16359 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16361 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16362 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16363 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16364 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16366 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16368 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16369 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16370 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16371 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16373 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16375 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16376 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16378 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16380 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16381 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16382 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16383 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16384 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16386 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16388 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16389 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16390 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16391 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16392 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16394 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16396 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16397 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16398 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16400 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16404 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16405 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18494 34226))
16406 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16408 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16409 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16410 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16411 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16413 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16416 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16418 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16419 Uninstall jka-compr.
16420 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16421 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16422 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16428 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16429 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16430 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
16431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16433 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16434 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16435 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16436 decimal key must be specified.")
16438 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16440 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16441 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16442 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16443 decimal key must be specified.")
16445 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16447 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16448 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16449 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16450 decimal key must be specified.")
16452 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16454 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16455 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16456 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16457 decimal key must be specified.")
16459 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16461 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16462 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16463 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16464 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16465 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16469 -------------------------------------------------------------
16470 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16471 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16472 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16473 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16474 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16475 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16476 in the global and local keymaps.
16478 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16479 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16481 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16485 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16486 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
16487 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16489 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16490 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16491 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16493 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16494 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16495 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16496 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16499 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16500 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16501 the context of text formatting.
16503 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16507 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18464
16509 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16511 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16512 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16513 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16514 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16515 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16516 positions that contains the current selection.")
16518 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16519 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16520 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16521 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16522 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16523 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16524 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16526 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16530 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16531 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16532 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16533 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18532 21500))
16534 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16535 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16536 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16537 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16538 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16539 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16540 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16541 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16543 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16544 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16545 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16546 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16547 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16549 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16551 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16552 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16553 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16555 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16556 defining the macro.
16558 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16559 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16560 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16562 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16563 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16567 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16568 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16569 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16570 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16571 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16574 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16575 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16576 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16580 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16581 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16582 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16584 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16585 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16586 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16587 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16589 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16590 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16592 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16594 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16595 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16596 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16598 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16601 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16602 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16604 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16605 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16606 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16608 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16609 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16613 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16614 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16615 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16616 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16618 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16620 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16621 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16622 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16623 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16625 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16626 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16628 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16630 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16631 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16632 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16634 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16638 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16639 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18464 4595))
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16642 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16643 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16644 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16646 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16653 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16654 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16657 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16659 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16660 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16664 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16666 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16667 Start or resume an Lm game.
16668 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16669 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16671 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16672 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16673 none / 1 | yes | no
16678 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16679 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16680 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16686 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16687 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16688 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18464 4595))
16689 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16691 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16694 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16696 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16697 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16698 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16699 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16700 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16701 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16703 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16704 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16706 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16708 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16709 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16711 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16713 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16716 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
16718 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16721 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16725 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16726 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16727 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18542 54562))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16730 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16731 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16732 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16733 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16735 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16737 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16738 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16739 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16741 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16743 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16744 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16745 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16749 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16750 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16751 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16752 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16754 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16758 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16759 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18464 4594))
16760 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16762 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16763 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16764 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16765 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16766 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16767 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16768 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16769 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16771 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16772 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16774 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16775 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16777 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16779 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16780 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16781 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16782 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16783 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16784 `latin1-display-setup'.
16786 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16788 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16789 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16790 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16791 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16794 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16796 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16800 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16801 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
16802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16804 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16806 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16808 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16809 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16815 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16816 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16819 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16820 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16822 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16823 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16825 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16826 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16828 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16829 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16830 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16831 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16832 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16833 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16834 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16835 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16836 and transmit saved text.
16839 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16840 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16844 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16851 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18464 4597))
16852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16854 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16855 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16856 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16857 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16858 generations (this defaults to 1).
16860 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16864 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16865 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18464 4591))
16866 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16868 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16869 Format used to display line numbers.
16870 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16871 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16872 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16873 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16875 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16877 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16878 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16882 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16883 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16884 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16885 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16886 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16887 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16889 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16891 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16892 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16893 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16894 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16895 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16901 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18464
16903 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16905 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16906 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16907 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16908 is nil, raise an error.
16910 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16911 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16912 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16913 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16914 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16915 defined by the library.
16917 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16918 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16919 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16920 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16921 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16924 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16925 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16926 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16927 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16929 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16933 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16934 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18464 4591))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16937 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16938 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16939 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16941 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16943 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16944 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16945 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16946 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16948 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16949 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16950 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16951 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16952 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16953 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16956 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16957 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16959 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16960 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16962 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16964 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16966 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16967 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16968 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16969 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16970 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16971 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16972 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16973 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16974 to constrain a big search.
16976 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16978 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16979 except that FILTER is not optional.
16981 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16985 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18464 4591))
16986 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16988 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16989 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16990 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16991 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16992 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16993 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16994 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16995 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16997 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16998 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16999 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17000 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17001 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17003 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17004 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17005 uses the current buffer.
17007 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17011 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18518
17013 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17015 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17016 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17022 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18513
17024 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17026 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17027 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17028 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17029 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17030 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17032 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17033 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17034 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17036 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17037 are indicated with a symbol.
17039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17043 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17044 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18464
17046 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17048 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17050 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17052 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
17053 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17054 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17056 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17057 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17059 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17060 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17061 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17062 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17063 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17064 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17065 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17067 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17069 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17070 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17071 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17072 switch on this list.
17073 See `lpr-command'.")
17075 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17077 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17078 *Name of program for printing a file.
17080 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17081 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17082 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17083 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17084 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17085 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17088 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17090 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17091 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17092 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17093 for customization of the printer command.
17097 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17098 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17100 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17101 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17102 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17103 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17105 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17106 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17108 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17109 for further customization of the printer command.
17113 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17114 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17115 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17116 for customization of the printer command.
17118 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17120 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17121 Paginate and print the region contents.
17123 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17124 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17125 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17126 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17128 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17129 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17131 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17132 for further customization of the printer command.
17134 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17138 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17139 ;;;;;; (18464 4591))
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17142 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17143 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17144 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17146 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17150 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18532
17152 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17154 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17155 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17156 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17157 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17161 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17165 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18542
17167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17169 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17170 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17177 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17178 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
17179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17181 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17182 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17183 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17184 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17185 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17187 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17191 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17192 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18483 40158))
17193 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17195 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17196 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17197 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17198 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17199 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17201 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17203 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17204 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17205 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17206 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17208 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17209 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17210 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17211 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17214 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17215 use this command, and then save the file.
17217 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17219 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17220 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17221 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17222 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17223 each time the macro executes.
17224 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17225 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17226 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17227 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17228 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17229 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17230 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17234 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17235 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17236 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17237 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17239 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17240 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17241 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17244 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17245 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17247 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17248 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17249 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17250 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17251 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17253 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17256 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17257 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17258 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17260 You could enter the names in this format:
17266 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17269 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17272 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17273 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17275 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17276 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17280 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17281 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18464 4595))
17282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17284 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17285 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17286 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17287 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17288 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17289 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17291 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17292 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17293 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17294 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17295 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17297 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17298 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17299 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17302 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17304 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17305 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17307 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17311 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17312 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17313 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
17314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17316 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17317 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17321 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17326 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17327 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17329 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17331 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17332 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17333 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17336 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17342 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17343 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17344 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18464
17346 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17348 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17349 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17350 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17351 often correct parser.")
17353 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17355 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17358 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17360 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17361 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17362 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17363 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17365 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17367 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17368 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17369 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17370 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17372 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17374 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17375 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17376 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17377 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17378 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17379 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17380 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17383 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17385 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17386 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17387 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17388 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17389 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17390 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17392 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17396 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17397 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18532
17399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17401 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17402 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17403 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17405 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17406 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17408 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17410 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17411 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17415 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17416 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17420 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17421 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17422 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17424 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17426 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17427 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17428 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17430 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17434 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17435 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18464
17437 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17439 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17440 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17441 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17443 If `parens', they look like:
17444 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17445 If `angles', they look like:
17446 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17448 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17450 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17451 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17452 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17453 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17454 their `Resent-' variants.
17456 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17457 removed from alias expansions.
17459 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17461 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17462 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17463 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17465 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17466 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17467 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17468 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17470 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17472 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17473 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17474 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17475 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17481 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17482 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
17483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17485 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17486 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17487 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17488 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17494 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17495 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17496 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18501 43689))
17497 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17499 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17500 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17502 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17503 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17504 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17505 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17506 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17507 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17509 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17510 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17511 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17512 dependency, despite the colon.
17514 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17516 In the browser, use the following keys:
17518 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17520 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17522 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17523 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17525 `makefile-target-colon':
17526 The string that gets appended to all target names
17527 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17528 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17530 `makefile-macro-assign':
17531 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17532 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17533 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17534 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17535 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17536 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17538 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17539 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17540 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17542 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17543 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17545 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17546 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17547 up or down in the browser.
17549 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17550 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17552 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17553 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17555 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17556 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17557 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17558 has been selected in the browser.
17560 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17561 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17562 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17563 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17564 filenames are omitted.
17566 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17567 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17568 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17569 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17570 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17571 the backslash itself intact.
17572 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17573 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17575 `makefile-browser-hook':
17576 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17577 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17579 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17580 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17581 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17582 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17586 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17587 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17591 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17592 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17596 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17597 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17601 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17602 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17606 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17607 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17613 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18464
17615 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17617 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17618 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17619 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17625 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18532 49468))
17626 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17628 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17630 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17631 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17632 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17633 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17634 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17635 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17636 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17638 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17639 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17640 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17641 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17643 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17645 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17646 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17648 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17652 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18464 4591))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17655 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17656 Toggle Master mode.
17657 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17658 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17659 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17661 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17662 following commands:
17664 \\{master-mode-map}
17666 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17667 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17668 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17674 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17675 ;;;;;; (18464 4591))
17676 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17678 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17679 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17680 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17682 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17683 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17685 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17687 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17688 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17689 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17690 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17691 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17693 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17694 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18549 58543))
17701 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17703 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17707 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17708 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17709 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17710 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17711 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17712 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17713 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18550 37400))
17714 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17716 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17718 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17719 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17720 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17721 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17722 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17723 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17724 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17725 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17726 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17727 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17728 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17729 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17730 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17731 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17732 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17733 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17734 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17735 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17736 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17737 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17738 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17739 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17740 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17741 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17742 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17743 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17744 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17745 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17746 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17747 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17748 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17749 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17750 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17751 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17752 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17753 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17754 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17755 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17759 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17760 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17761 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17762 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17763 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17765 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17767 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17768 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17770 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17772 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17773 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17775 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17777 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17778 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17780 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17782 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17783 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17784 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17786 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17788 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17789 Cancel an article you posted.
17790 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17794 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17795 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17796 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17797 header line with the old Message-ID.
17801 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17802 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17806 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17807 Forward the current message via mail.
17808 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17809 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17811 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17813 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17816 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17818 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17821 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17823 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17824 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17828 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17829 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17831 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17833 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17834 Re-mail the current message.
17835 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17836 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17841 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17842 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17844 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17846 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17847 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17849 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17851 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17852 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17854 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17856 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17857 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17859 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17861 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17862 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17863 Works by overstriking characters.
17864 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17865 which specify the range to operate on.
17867 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17869 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17870 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17871 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17872 which specify the range to operate on.
17874 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17878 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17879 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
17880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17882 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17883 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17887 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17888 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17892 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17893 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17897 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17898 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17904 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17905 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17906 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
17907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17909 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17910 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17911 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17915 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17916 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17917 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17918 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17919 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17920 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17921 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17923 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17925 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17926 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17927 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17928 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17929 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17931 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17932 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17934 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17936 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17937 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17938 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17939 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17940 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17942 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17943 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17945 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17949 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17950 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17951 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18509 1586))
17952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17954 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17955 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17956 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17960 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17961 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17962 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17966 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17967 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17969 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17970 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17971 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17973 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17974 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17976 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17977 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17979 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17981 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17983 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17984 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17985 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17986 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17987 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17990 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17991 initial Subject field, respectively.
17993 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17994 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17997 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18000 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18002 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18003 Save draft and send message.
18005 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18006 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18007 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18010 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18011 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18012 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18014 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18015 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18016 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18017 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18018 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18019 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18021 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18022 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18026 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18027 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18029 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18030 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18031 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18032 delete the draft message.
18038 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18535 25653))
18039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18041 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18043 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18045 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18047 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18048 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18054 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18055 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18512 40701))
18056 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18058 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18059 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18060 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18062 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18063 the MH mail system.
18065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18067 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18068 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18069 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18071 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18072 the MH mail system.
18074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18076 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18077 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18079 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18080 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18081 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18084 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18085 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18086 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18089 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18093 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18094 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18095 can be used in several ways.
18097 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18098 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18099 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18100 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18104 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18105 The range must be nonempty.
18110 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18111 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18118 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18121 All of the messages.
18123 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18124 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18126 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18127 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18128 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18130 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18136 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18137 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18464 4591))
18138 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18140 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18141 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18142 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18143 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18144 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18145 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18146 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18147 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18148 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18149 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18150 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18154 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18155 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18156 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18157 to its second argument TM.
18159 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18163 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18164 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18464 4591))
18165 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18167 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18168 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18169 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18170 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18171 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18172 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18174 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18176 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18177 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18178 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18179 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18180 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18181 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18182 default indication.
18184 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18185 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18191 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18192 ;;;;;; (18487 13182))
18193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18195 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18196 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18205 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18206 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18463 55077))
18207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18209 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18210 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18212 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18214 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18215 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18216 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18217 the entire message.
18218 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18220 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18224 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18225 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
18226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18228 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18229 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18230 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18231 the entire message.
18232 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18234 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18238 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18239 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18463 55077))
18240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18242 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18243 Insert file contents of URL.
18244 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18246 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18248 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18249 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18251 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18255 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18256 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18463 55077))
18257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18259 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18260 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18261 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18262 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18263 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18265 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18267 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18268 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18269 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18271 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18275 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18276 ;;;;;; (18532 21500))
18277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18279 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18282 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18284 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18287 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18291 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18292 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18293 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18511 17106))
18294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18296 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18299 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18301 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18304 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18306 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18309 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18311 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18314 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18316 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18319 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18321 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18324 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18326 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18333 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18334 ;;;;;; (18430 26748))
18335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18337 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18338 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18339 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18340 followed by the first character of the construct.
18342 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18343 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18344 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18345 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18346 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18347 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18348 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18349 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18350 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18351 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18352 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18353 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18354 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18357 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18358 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18359 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18365 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18366 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
18367 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18369 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18370 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18372 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18374 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18375 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18377 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18381 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18382 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18543 19759))
18383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18385 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18386 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18388 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18389 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18390 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18392 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18393 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
18394 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18396 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18397 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18399 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18400 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18401 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18402 hemisphere you're in.)
18404 To test this function, evaluate:
18405 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18407 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18409 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18410 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18412 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18413 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18415 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18416 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18417 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18419 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18420 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18422 To test this function, evaluate:
18423 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18425 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18429 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18532
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18433 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18434 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18435 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18437 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18438 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18440 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18442 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18443 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18444 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18445 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18447 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18449 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18451 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18453 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18454 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18455 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18456 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18457 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18458 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18460 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18461 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18462 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18463 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18464 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18466 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18467 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18469 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18470 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18472 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18474 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18475 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18476 primary selection and region.
18478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18482 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18464 4597))
18483 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18485 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18486 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18492 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18464 4591))
18493 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18495 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18496 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18497 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18498 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18499 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18500 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18502 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18504 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18506 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18507 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18508 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18514 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag
18515 ;;;;;; list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font
18516 ;;;;;; list-coding-categories list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system
18517 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system-briefly describe-coding-system
18518 ;;;;;; describe-character-set list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
18519 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (18512 40701))
18520 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18522 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18523 Display a list of all character sets.
18525 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18526 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18527 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18528 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18530 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18531 but still shows the full information.
18535 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18536 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18537 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18539 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18540 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18541 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18542 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18543 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18545 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18547 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18548 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18550 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18552 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18553 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18555 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18557 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18558 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18560 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18562 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18563 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18565 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18566 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18568 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18569 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18570 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18571 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18572 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18573 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18574 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18575 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18576 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18577 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18578 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18579 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18580 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18581 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18582 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18583 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18587 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18588 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18592 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18593 Display a list of all coding systems.
18594 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18596 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18597 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18601 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18602 Display a list of all coding categories.
18606 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18607 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18608 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18610 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18612 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18613 Display information about FONTSET.
18614 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18616 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18618 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18619 Display a list of all fontsets.
18620 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18621 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18622 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18626 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18627 Display information about all input methods.
18631 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18632 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18634 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18635 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18636 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18637 system which uses fontsets).
18641 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18642 Location of UnicodeData file.
18643 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18644 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18645 looked up from it.")
18647 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18649 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18650 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18651 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18652 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18654 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18656 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18657 Show log of font listing and opening.
18663 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18664 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18665 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18666 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18667 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18668 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18512 40701))
18669 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18671 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18672 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18673 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18675 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18677 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18679 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18680 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18682 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18683 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18685 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18686 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18688 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18690 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18691 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18692 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18693 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18694 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18695 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18696 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18698 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18699 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18700 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18701 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18702 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18703 middle of a character in STR.
18705 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18706 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18708 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18709 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18710 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18711 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18712 defaults to \"...\".
18714 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18716 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18717 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18719 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18720 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18721 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18723 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18724 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18725 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18727 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18728 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18729 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18731 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18732 longer than KEYSEQ.
18733 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18735 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18737 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18738 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18739 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18740 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18741 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18742 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18743 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18744 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18745 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18746 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18747 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18749 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18751 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18752 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18754 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18756 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18757 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18759 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18761 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18762 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18764 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18766 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18767 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18769 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18771 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18772 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18773 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18774 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18775 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18777 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18779 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18780 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18781 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18782 coding systems ordered by priority.
18784 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18786 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18787 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18788 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18789 language environment LANG-ENV.
18791 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18793 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18794 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18795 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18796 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18797 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18798 basis, this may not be accurate.
18800 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18804 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18805 ;;;;;; (18556 62644))
18806 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18808 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18809 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18810 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18813 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18815 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18817 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18818 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18819 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18820 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18824 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18825 Enable mouse wheel support.
18827 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18831 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18832 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18833 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18834 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18464 4596))
18835 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18837 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18838 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18840 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18842 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18844 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18845 `ping-program-options'.
18849 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18850 Run ifconfig program.
18854 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18856 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18857 Run iwconfig program.
18861 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18862 Run netstat program.
18866 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18871 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18876 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18877 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18881 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18882 Run nslookup program.
18886 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18887 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18891 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18896 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18901 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18902 Finger USER on HOST.
18904 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18906 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18907 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18908 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18909 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18911 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18913 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18918 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18919 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18921 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18923 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18924 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18926 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18930 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18931 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18932 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18933 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18934 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18935 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18464 4591))
18936 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18938 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18940 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18942 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18944 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18946 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18947 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18948 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18949 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18950 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18951 Major modes should set this variable.")
18953 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18954 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18955 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18956 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18957 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18958 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18960 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18961 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18963 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18964 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18965 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18967 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18968 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18969 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18970 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18971 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18973 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18974 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18975 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18977 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18978 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18979 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18980 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18982 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18983 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18984 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18985 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18986 column indentation or nil.
18987 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18989 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18990 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18991 The function has no args.
18993 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18994 comments always start in column zero.")
18996 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
18997 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18998 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19000 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19002 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19003 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19004 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19005 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19007 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19008 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19010 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19012 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19013 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19014 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19015 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19016 customize this variable.
19018 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19019 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19021 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19023 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19024 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19025 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19026 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19027 the variables are properly set.
19029 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19031 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19032 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19036 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19037 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19038 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19040 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19042 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19043 Set the comment column based on point.
19044 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19045 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19046 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19047 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19051 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19052 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19053 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19057 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19058 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19059 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19062 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19064 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19065 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19066 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19067 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19068 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19069 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19070 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19071 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19073 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19074 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19076 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19078 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19079 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19080 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19081 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19083 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19085 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19086 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19087 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19088 is passed on to the respective function.
19090 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19092 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19093 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19094 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19095 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19096 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19097 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19098 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19099 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19100 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19101 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19105 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19106 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19107 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19109 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19111 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19112 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19113 This indents the body of the continued comment
19114 under the previous comment line.
19116 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19117 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19118 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19120 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19121 or comment indentation.
19123 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19124 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19126 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19130 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19131 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18546 29640))
19132 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19134 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19135 Check whether newsticker is running.
19136 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19137 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19141 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19142 Start the newsticker.
19143 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19144 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19145 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19146 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19148 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19152 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19153 ;;;;;; (18516 61237))
19154 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19156 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19157 Start newsticker plainview.
19163 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19164 ;;;;;; (18516 61237))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19167 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19168 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19174 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19175 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18514 45473))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19178 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19179 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19180 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19181 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19186 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19187 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19188 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19195 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19196 ;;;;;; (18525 21991))
19197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19199 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19200 Start newsticker treeview.
19206 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19207 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
19208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19210 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19211 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19213 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19217 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18463
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19221 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19222 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19223 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19224 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19225 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19226 symbol in the alist.
19228 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19232 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19233 ;;;;;; (18511 17170))
19234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19236 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19237 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19238 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19244 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19245 ;;;;;; (18530 36110))
19246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19248 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19249 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19250 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19256 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19257 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19260 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19261 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19263 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19267 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19268 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18463 55077))
19269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19271 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19272 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19276 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19277 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19281 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19282 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19288 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19289 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18464 4592))
19290 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19292 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19293 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19294 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19296 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19298 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19301 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19303 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19304 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19305 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19306 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19307 to future sessions.
19309 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19311 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19312 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19313 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19314 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19315 to future sessions.
19317 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19321 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19322 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
19323 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19325 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19326 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19328 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19329 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19330 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19336 ;;;### (autoloads (ns-grabenv) "ns-grabenv" "ns-grabenv.el" (18557
19338 ;;; Generated autoloads from ns-grabenv.el
19340 (autoload 'ns-grabenv "ns-grabenv" "\
19341 Run a shell subprocess, and interpret its output as a series of environment
19342 variables to insert into the emacs environment. The first optional argument
19343 gives the path to the shell (defaults to the current setting of
19344 shell-file-name). The remaining arguments are interpreted as a list of
19345 commands for it to execute (defaults to \"printenv\").
19347 \(fn &optional SHELL-PATH &optional STARTUP)" t nil)
19351 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19352 ;;;;;; (18541 64432))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19355 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19356 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19357 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19358 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19360 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19364 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18541
19366 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19368 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19369 Major mode for editing XML.
19371 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19372 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19373 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19374 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19375 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19376 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19377 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19379 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19381 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19382 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19384 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19385 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19386 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19387 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19390 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19391 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19392 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19393 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19394 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19395 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19397 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19398 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19399 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19401 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19402 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19403 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19405 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19406 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19407 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19408 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19409 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19410 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19411 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19412 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19413 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19415 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19417 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19418 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19424 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19425 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18541 64432))
19426 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19428 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19429 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19430 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19431 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19437 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19438 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
19439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19441 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19442 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19443 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19445 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19447 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19448 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19450 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19451 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19452 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19456 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19460 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19461 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
19462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19464 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19465 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19467 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19468 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19469 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19470 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19472 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19473 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19474 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19475 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19476 is why you need this mode!).
19478 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19479 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19480 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19482 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19487 \\{octave-mode-map}
19489 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19490 ==============================================
19492 `octave-auto-indent'
19493 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19496 `octave-auto-newline'
19497 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19500 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19501 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19502 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19504 `octave-block-offset'
19505 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19508 `octave-continuation-offset'
19509 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19512 `octave-continuation-string'
19513 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19514 Default is a backslash.
19516 `octave-send-echo-input'
19517 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19518 command to the inferior Octave process.
19520 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19521 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19522 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19524 `octave-send-echo-input'
19525 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19527 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19529 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19530 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19534 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19535 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19537 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19540 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19542 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19543 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19544 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19545 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19551 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-require-autoloaded-modules org-cycle-agenda-files
19552 ;;;;;; org-iswitchb org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19553 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19554 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19555 ;;;;;; org-cycle org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (18539 50012))
19556 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19558 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19559 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19560 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19562 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19563 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19564 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19565 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19566 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19567 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19568 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19569 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19570 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19571 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19573 The following commands are available:
19579 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19580 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19582 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19583 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19584 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19585 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19586 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19587 When called with two C-c C-u prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19588 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19589 properties in the buffer.
19591 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19592 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19593 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19594 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19595 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19596 and zoom in further.
19597 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19599 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19600 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19601 is negative, go up that many levels.
19603 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19604 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19605 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19607 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19608 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19609 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19613 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19614 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19615 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19616 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19620 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19621 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19622 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19623 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19624 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19627 M-up Move entry/item up
19628 M-down Move entry/item down
19631 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19632 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19633 M-S-left Promote subtree
19634 M-S-right Demote subtree
19635 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19637 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19638 TAB Cycle item visibility
19639 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19640 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19641 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19645 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19646 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19650 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19651 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19652 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19653 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19654 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19658 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19661 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19663 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19664 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19665 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19666 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19668 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19669 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19670 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19674 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19675 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19676 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19680 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19681 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19682 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19687 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19688 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19690 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19692 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19693 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19695 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19696 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19697 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19698 returned as a list.
19700 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19701 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19702 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19703 visited by the iteration.
19705 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19707 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19708 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19709 file The current buffer, without restriction
19711 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19712 agenda All agenda files
19713 agenda-with-archives
19714 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19716 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19718 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19719 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19721 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19722 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19723 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19724 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19725 the the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19726 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19727 function leaves it.
19729 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19731 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19732 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19733 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19734 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19736 Due to some yet unresolved reason, global function
19737 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19741 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19742 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19743 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19744 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19748 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19753 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19754 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19760 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19761 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19762 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19763 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19764 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18519 64213))
19765 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19767 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19768 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19769 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19770 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19772 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19773 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19774 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19775 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19776 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19777 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19778 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19779 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19780 e Export views to associated files.
19782 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19783 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19784 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19786 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19787 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19788 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19789 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19792 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19794 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19795 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19796 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19797 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19798 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19799 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19800 before running the agenda command.
19802 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19804 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19805 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19806 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19807 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19808 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19809 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19810 before running the agenda command.
19812 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19813 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19815 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19817 category The category of the item
19818 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19819 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19820 todo selected in TODO match
19821 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19822 diary imported from diary
19823 deadline a deadline on given date
19824 scheduled scheduled on given date
19825 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19826 closed entry was closed on given date
19827 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19828 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19829 block entry has date block including g. date
19830 todo The todo keyword, if any
19831 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19832 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19833 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19834 extra Sting with extra planning info
19835 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19836 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19837 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19839 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19841 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19844 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19846 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19847 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19849 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19851 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19852 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19853 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19854 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19856 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19857 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19858 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19861 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19862 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19863 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19865 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19866 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19868 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19870 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19871 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19872 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19873 search only the headlines.
19875 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19876 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19877 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19878 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19881 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19882 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19883 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19884 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19885 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19887 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19888 that must or must not match in the entry.
19890 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19891 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19892 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19893 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19895 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19896 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19898 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19900 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19901 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19902 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19903 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19904 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19905 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19909 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19910 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19911 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19913 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19915 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19916 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19917 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19918 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19919 `org-stuck-projects'.
19920 MATCH is being ignored.
19922 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19924 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19925 Return diary information from org-files.
19926 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19927 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19928 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19929 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19931 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19932 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19933 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19935 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19937 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19938 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19939 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19940 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19942 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19943 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19944 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19946 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19947 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19948 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19949 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19951 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19953 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19955 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19956 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19960 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19961 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19962 So the example above may also be written as
19964 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19966 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19967 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19968 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19970 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19972 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19973 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19974 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19978 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19979 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19980 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19983 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19984 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19986 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19987 for filtering entries out.
19989 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19990 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19992 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19993 (category \"Work\"))
19995 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19996 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19998 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20002 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20003 ;;;;;; (18519 64213))
20004 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20006 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20007 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20013 ;;;### (autoloads (org-get-clocktable) "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
20014 ;;;;;; (18539 50012))
20015 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20017 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20018 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20019 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20020 fontified, and then returned.
20022 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20026 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
20027 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
20028 ;;;;;; org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html
20029 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch
20030 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-and-open org-insert-export-options-template
20031 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii org-export) "org-exp"
20032 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp.el" (18519 64213))
20033 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20035 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20036 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20037 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20038 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20039 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20041 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20042 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
20043 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20047 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
20048 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20049 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20050 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20051 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
20055 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20056 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20057 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20058 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
20059 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
20060 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20061 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20062 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20065 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20067 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20068 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20072 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
20073 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20074 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20075 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20076 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20080 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
20081 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
20083 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20084 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20085 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20089 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
20090 Call `org-exort-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20091 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20095 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
20096 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20097 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20098 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20099 command to convert it.
20101 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20103 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
20104 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20105 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20106 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20107 cut-and-paste operations.
20108 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20109 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20110 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20111 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20113 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20115 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20116 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20118 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20120 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
20121 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20122 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20123 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20124 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20125 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
20126 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20127 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20128 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20129 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20130 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20131 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20132 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20133 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20134 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20136 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20138 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-exp" "\
20139 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20140 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20141 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20142 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20143 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20144 need into your CSS file.
20146 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20147 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20148 that uses these same face definitions.
20152 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
20153 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20154 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20155 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20159 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20160 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20161 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20162 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20166 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20167 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20168 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20172 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
20173 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20174 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20176 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20180 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
20181 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20182 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
20183 ;;;;;; (18519 64213))
20184 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
20186 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20187 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20189 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20190 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20191 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20195 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20196 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20197 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20201 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20202 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20203 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20204 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20205 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20206 then use this command to convert it.
20208 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20210 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20211 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20212 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20213 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20214 cut-and-paste operations.
20215 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20216 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20217 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20218 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20220 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20222 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20223 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20225 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20227 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20228 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20229 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20230 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20231 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20232 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20233 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20234 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20235 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20236 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20237 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20238 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20239 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20240 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20241 simply return the content of
\begin{document}...
\end{document},
20242 without even the
\begin{document} and
\end{document} commands.
20243 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20245 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20249 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
20250 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
20251 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (18520 11861))
20252 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20254 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20255 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20256 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20257 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20259 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20261 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20262 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20263 Create an ID if necessary.
20267 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20268 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20269 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20270 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20271 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20272 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20273 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20275 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20277 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20278 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20279 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20280 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20282 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20284 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20286 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20287 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20288 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20289 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20291 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20293 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20294 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20295 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20299 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20300 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20301 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20302 if there is no entry with that ID.
20303 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20305 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20309 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20310 ;;;;;; (18519 64213))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20313 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20314 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20320 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20321 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20322 ;;;;;; (18519 64213))
20323 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20325 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20328 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20330 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20331 Publish all projects.
20332 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20334 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20336 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20337 Publish the current file.
20338 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20340 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20342 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20343 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20344 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20347 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20351 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20352 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20353 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18519 64213))
20354 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20356 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20357 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
20361 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20362 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20363 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20364 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20365 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20369 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20370 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20371 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20372 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20374 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20376 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20377 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20378 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20379 of the remember buffer.
20381 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20382 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20383 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20384 note stored by remember.
20386 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20387 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20389 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20391 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20392 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20393 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
20394 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
20395 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
20396 file the text at a specific location.
20397 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
20398 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
20399 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
20401 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
20402 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
20403 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
20404 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
20405 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
20406 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
20407 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
20408 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
20410 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
20411 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
20412 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
20413 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
20414 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
20415 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
20417 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
20418 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
20419 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
20421 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20422 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20423 \(i.e. after the stars).
20425 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20431 ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl) "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
20432 ;;;;;; (18532 21500))
20433 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20435 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20436 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20440 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20441 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20447 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20448 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
20449 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20450 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20452 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20453 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20454 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20455 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20457 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20458 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20459 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20460 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20462 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20463 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20464 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20465 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20466 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20467 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20469 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20470 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20471 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20473 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20474 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20475 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20476 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20477 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20478 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20479 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20480 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20481 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20482 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20483 The subheadings remain visible.
20484 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20486 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20487 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20488 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20490 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20491 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20495 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20496 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20497 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20498 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20504 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18464 4592))
20505 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20507 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20508 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20509 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20510 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20511 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20512 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20514 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20516 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20517 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20518 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20519 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20521 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20522 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20528 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20529 ;;;;;; (18491 58033))
20530 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20532 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20533 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20534 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20535 unknown are returned as nil.
20537 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20541 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18464
20543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20545 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20546 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20547 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20549 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20550 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20552 Other useful functions are:
20554 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20555 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20556 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20557 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20558 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20559 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20560 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20561 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20562 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20564 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20566 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20567 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20568 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20569 Indentation for case statements.
20570 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20571 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20573 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20574 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20575 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20576 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20577 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20578 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20579 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20580 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20581 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20582 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20584 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20585 pascal-separator-keywords.
20587 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20588 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20594 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20595 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
20596 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20598 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20599 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20600 The keys affected are:
20601 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20602 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20603 M-Backspace does undo.
20604 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20605 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20606 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20612 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20613 ;;;;;; (18532 49472))
20614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20616 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20617 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20618 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20620 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20621 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20623 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20625 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20626 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20628 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20630 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20631 which modify the status of the mark.
20633 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20634 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20636 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20637 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20639 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20640 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20641 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20642 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20643 turning PC Selection mode on.
20645 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20646 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20648 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20649 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20650 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20652 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20653 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20654 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20656 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20657 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20659 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20660 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20661 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20663 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20664 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20665 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20671 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20672 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20679 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18464
20681 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20683 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20684 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20690 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20691 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18464 4592))
20692 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20694 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20695 Completion for `gzip'.
20699 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20700 Completion for `bzip2'.
20704 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20705 Completion for GNU `make'.
20709 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20710 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20714 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20718 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20719 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18542 54562))
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20722 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20723 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20727 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20728 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20732 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20733 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20739 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18464
20741 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20743 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20744 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20745 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20746 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20747 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20748 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20754 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20755 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20756 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18464 4592))
20757 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20759 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20760 Completion for `cd'.
20764 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20766 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20767 Completion for `rmdir'.
20771 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20772 Completion for `rm'.
20776 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20777 Completion for `xargs'.
20781 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20783 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20784 Completion for `which'.
20788 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20789 Completion for the `chown' command.
20793 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20794 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20798 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20799 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20803 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20804 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20805 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20811 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20812 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20813 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18464
20815 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20817 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20818 Support extensible programmable completion.
20819 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20820 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20822 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20824 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20825 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20829 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20830 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20831 This will modify the current buffer.
20835 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20836 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20840 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20841 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20842 This will modify the current buffer.
20846 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20847 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20851 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20852 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20856 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20857 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20858 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20859 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20860 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20862 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20864 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20865 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20871 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20872 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20873 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18464 4592))
20874 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20876 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20877 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20878 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20879 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20881 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20883 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20885 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20886 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20887 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20888 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20889 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20890 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20893 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20895 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20896 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20897 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20898 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20899 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20900 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20901 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20902 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20904 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20906 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20907 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20908 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20909 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20910 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20911 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20912 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20915 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20917 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20918 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20919 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20920 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20921 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20922 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20923 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20925 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20927 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20929 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20930 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20931 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20933 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20935 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20936 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20937 A value of nil means never do it.
20938 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20939 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20940 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20942 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20944 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20945 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20946 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18464 4592))
20951 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20953 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20957 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20958 ;;;;;; (18501 7475))
20959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20960 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20961 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20962 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20963 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20964 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20965 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20967 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20968 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20969 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20970 Tab indents for Perl code.
20971 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20972 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20973 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20975 Variables controlling indentation style:
20976 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20977 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20978 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20979 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20980 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20981 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20982 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20984 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20985 `perl-indent-level'
20986 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20987 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20988 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20989 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20990 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20991 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20992 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20993 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20994 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20995 `perl-brace-offset'
20996 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20997 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20998 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20999 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21000 `perl-label-offset'
21001 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21002 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21003 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21005 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21006 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21007 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21008 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21009 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21010 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21011 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21013 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21019 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21020 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21021 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21022 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18464 4592))
21023 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21025 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21026 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21028 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21030 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21031 passphrase cache or user.
21033 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21035 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21036 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21038 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21041 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21043 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21044 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21046 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21049 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21050 passphrase cache or user.
21052 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21054 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21055 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21057 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21059 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21062 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21063 passphrase cache or user.
21065 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21067 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21068 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21070 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21071 passphrase cache or user.
21073 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21075 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21076 Decrypt the current buffer.
21078 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21081 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21082 passphrase cache or user.
21084 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21086 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21087 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21089 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21090 a detached signature.
21092 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21093 and the output is displayed.
21095 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21096 passphrase cache or user.
21098 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21100 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21101 Sign the current buffer.
21103 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21104 detached signature.
21106 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21109 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21110 and the output is displayed.
21112 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21113 passphrase cache or user.
21115 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21118 Verify the current region between START and END.
21119 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21120 the detached signature of the current region.
21122 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21123 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21125 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21127 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21128 Verify the current buffer.
21129 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21130 the detached signature of the current region.
21131 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21132 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21133 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21136 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21138 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21139 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21143 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21144 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21146 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21148 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21149 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21155 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21156 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
21157 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21159 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21160 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21162 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21166 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21167 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
21168 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21170 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21171 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21172 \\<picture-mode-map>
21173 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21174 afterwards settable by these commands:
21176 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21177 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21178 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21179 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21181 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21182 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21183 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21184 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21186 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21187 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21188 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21189 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21191 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21192 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21193 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21194 with these commands:
21196 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21197 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21198 Move to column following last
21199 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21200 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21201 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21202 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21203 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21204 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21206 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21208 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21209 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21210 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21211 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21212 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21213 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21215 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21216 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21217 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21218 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21219 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21220 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21221 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21223 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21224 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21225 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21226 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21227 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21228 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21229 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21230 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21232 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21233 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21234 by supplying an argument.
21236 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21238 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21239 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21243 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21247 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21248 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
21249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21251 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21252 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21253 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21255 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21259 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18464 4597))
21260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21262 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21263 Play pong and waste time.
21264 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21265 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21267 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21275 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21276 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21277 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
21278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21280 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21281 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21282 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21283 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21285 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21287 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21288 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21292 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21293 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21294 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21295 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21296 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21298 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21300 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21301 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21302 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21304 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21306 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21307 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21309 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21311 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21312 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21313 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21314 Ignores leading comment characters.
21318 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21319 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21320 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21321 Ignores leading comment characters.
21327 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21328 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21329 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21330 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21331 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21332 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21333 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21334 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21335 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21336 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21337 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21338 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21339 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21340 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21341 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21342 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21343 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21344 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21345 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
21346 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21348 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21349 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21351 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21353 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21355 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21357 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21358 Preview directory using ghostview.
21360 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21361 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21362 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21363 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21365 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21366 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21367 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21368 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21369 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21372 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21374 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21376 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21377 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21379 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21380 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21381 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21382 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21384 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21385 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21386 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21387 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21388 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21391 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21393 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21395 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21396 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21398 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21399 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21400 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21401 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21403 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21404 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21405 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21406 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21407 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21410 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21412 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21414 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21415 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21417 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21419 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21420 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21421 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21422 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21424 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21425 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21426 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21427 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21428 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21431 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21433 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21435 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21436 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21438 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21439 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21440 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21442 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21443 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21444 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21445 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21447 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21449 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21450 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21452 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21453 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21454 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21456 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21457 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21458 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21459 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21461 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21463 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21464 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21466 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21467 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21468 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21470 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21471 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21472 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21473 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21475 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21477 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21478 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21480 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21482 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21483 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21484 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21486 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21487 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21488 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21489 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21491 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21493 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21494 Preview region using ghostview.
21496 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21498 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21500 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21501 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21503 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21505 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21507 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21508 Print region using PostScript printer.
21510 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21512 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21514 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21515 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21517 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21519 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21521 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21522 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21524 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21526 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21528 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21529 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21531 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21533 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21535 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21536 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21538 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21540 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21542 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21543 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21545 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21547 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21549 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21550 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21551 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21552 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21554 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21557 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21558 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21560 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21562 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21564 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21565 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21566 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21567 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21571 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21572 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21573 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21574 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21578 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21579 Print directory using text printer.
21581 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21584 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21585 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21587 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21589 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21591 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21592 Print buffer using text printer.
21596 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21597 Print region using text printer.
21601 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21602 Print major mode using text printer.
21606 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21607 Preview spooled PostScript.
21609 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21610 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21611 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21613 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21614 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21615 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21617 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21619 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21620 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21622 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21623 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21624 instead of sending it to the printer.
21626 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21627 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21628 image in a file with that name.
21630 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21632 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21633 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21635 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21636 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21637 instead of sending it to the printer.
21639 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21640 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21641 image in a file with that name.
21643 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21645 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21646 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21648 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21649 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21650 instead of sending it to the printer.
21652 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21653 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21654 image in a file with that name.
21656 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21658 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21659 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21661 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21663 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21664 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21666 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21668 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21669 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21671 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21673 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21674 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21676 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21678 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21679 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21681 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21683 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21684 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21686 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21687 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21688 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21689 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21691 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21692 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21693 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21694 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21695 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21696 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21699 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21701 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21702 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21706 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21707 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21709 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21711 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21716 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21717 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21721 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21722 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21726 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21727 Toggle printing with faces.
21731 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21736 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21741 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21744 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21746 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21751 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21756 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21757 Toggle upside-down.
21761 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21762 Toggle line number.
21766 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21767 Toggle zebra stripes.
21771 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21772 Toggle printing header.
21776 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21777 Toggle printing header frame.
21781 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21786 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21787 Toggle auto region.
21791 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21796 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21797 Customization of the `printing' group.
21799 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21801 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21802 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21804 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21806 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21807 Help for the printing package.
21809 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21811 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21812 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21816 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21817 Interactively select a text printer.
21821 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21822 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21826 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21827 Show current ps-print settings.
21829 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21831 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21832 Show current printing settings.
21834 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21836 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21837 Show current lpr settings.
21839 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21841 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21842 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21844 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21845 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21846 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21847 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21850 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21852 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21853 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21854 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21856 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21857 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21858 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21859 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21860 current active printer.
21862 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21863 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21864 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21867 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21868 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21869 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21870 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21871 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21874 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21875 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21877 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21879 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21880 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21881 be done using the new current active printer.
21883 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21884 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21887 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21888 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21889 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21890 instead of sending it to the printer.
21892 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21893 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21896 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21899 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21902 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21904 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21905 Fast fire function for text printing.
21907 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21908 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21909 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21910 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21912 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21913 user for a new active text printer.
21915 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21917 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21919 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21920 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21923 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21925 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21928 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21932 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18490 37168))
21933 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21935 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21936 Mode for displaying UNIX system processes and sending signals to them.
21937 Type \\[proced-mark-process] to mark a process for later commands.
21938 Type \\[proced-send-signal] to send signals to marked processes.
21940 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21941 information will be displayed but not selected.
21943 \\{proced-mode-map}
21945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21949 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21950 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
21951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21953 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21954 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21955 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21957 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21958 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21959 if that value is non-nil.
21963 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21965 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21966 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21967 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21969 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18464 4592))
21974 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21976 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21977 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21978 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21982 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18464
21984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21986 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21987 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21989 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21991 The following variables hold user options, and can
21992 be set through the `customize' command:
21994 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21996 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21997 `ps-mode-print-function'
21999 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22003 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22006 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22012 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22013 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22014 The keymap for this second window is:
22016 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22019 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22020 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22021 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22022 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22023 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22029 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22030 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22031 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22032 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22033 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22034 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18467
22036 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22038 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
22039 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22040 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22042 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22044 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22045 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
22046 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22047 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22049 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22051 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22052 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22056 nil Do not print colors.
22060 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22061 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22063 Any other value is treated as t.")
22065 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22067 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22068 Customization of ps-print group.
22072 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22073 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22075 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22076 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22077 sending it to the printer.
22079 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22080 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22081 image in a file with that name.
22083 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22085 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22086 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22087 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22088 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22089 so it has a way to determine color values.
22091 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22093 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22094 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22095 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22097 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22099 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22100 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22101 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22102 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22103 so it has a way to determine color values.
22105 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22107 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22108 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22109 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22110 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22112 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22116 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22117 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22118 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22119 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22120 so it has a way to determine color values.
22122 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22126 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22127 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22128 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22130 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22132 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22134 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22135 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22136 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22137 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22138 so it has a way to determine color values.
22140 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22142 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22144 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22145 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22147 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22148 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22149 instead of sending it to the printer.
22151 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22152 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22153 image in a file with that name.
22155 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22157 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22158 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22159 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22160 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22161 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22165 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22166 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22167 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22169 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22171 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22172 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22173 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22175 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22177 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22178 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22182 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22183 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22185 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22186 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22188 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22189 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22191 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22193 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22195 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22197 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22198 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22200 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22201 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22203 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22204 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22206 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22208 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22210 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22212 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22213 foreground and background colors respectively.
22215 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22216 bold - use bold font.
22217 italic - use italic font.
22218 underline - put a line under text.
22219 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22220 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22221 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22222 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22223 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22225 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22227 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22231 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22232 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18466 54875))
22233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22235 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22237 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22241 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22242 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22243 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22244 buffer automatically.
22246 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22247 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22248 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22249 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22250 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22251 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22252 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22254 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22255 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22256 buffer for a list of commands.)
22258 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22260 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22261 Major mode for editing Python files.
22262 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22263 for correct parsing of the source.
22264 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22265 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22266 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22268 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22269 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22270 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22271 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22272 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22273 \\<python-mode-map>
22274 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22275 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22276 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22277 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22278 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22279 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22281 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22282 effect outside them.
22284 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22285 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22286 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22287 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22288 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22289 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22290 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22291 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22292 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22294 \\{python-mode-map}
22298 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22299 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22300 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22301 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22305 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22306 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22307 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22308 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22309 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22310 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22312 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22313 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22314 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22315 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22316 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22317 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22318 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22320 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22321 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22322 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22323 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22324 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22326 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22327 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22328 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22329 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22330 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22331 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22332 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22335 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22336 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22337 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22338 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22339 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22340 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22343 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22347 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22348 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
22349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22351 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22352 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22353 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22356 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22357 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22359 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22360 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22361 them into characters should be done separately.
22363 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22367 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22368 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22369 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22370 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22371 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18464 4595))
22372 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22374 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22375 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22379 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22380 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22381 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22383 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22384 `quail-activate', which see.
22386 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22388 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22389 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22390 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22391 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22392 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22393 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22394 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22396 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22397 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22398 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22399 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22400 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22402 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22404 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22405 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22406 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22407 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22408 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22409 list of candidates.
22411 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22412 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22413 command to be called.
22415 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22416 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22417 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22418 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22420 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22421 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22422 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22423 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22424 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22427 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22428 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22429 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22430 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22432 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22433 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22434 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22435 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22437 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22438 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22439 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22440 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22441 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22442 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22444 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22445 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22446 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22447 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22448 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22449 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22451 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22452 covers Quail translation region.
22454 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22455 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22456 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22457 for it) is inserted.
22459 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22460 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22461 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22463 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22464 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22465 non-Quail commands.
22467 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22469 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22470 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22472 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22473 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22474 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22475 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22476 you type is correctly handled.
22478 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22480 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22481 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22483 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22486 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22488 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22489 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22490 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22491 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22492 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22493 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22494 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22495 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22496 for the translation.
22497 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22499 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22500 it is used to handle KEY.
22502 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22503 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22504 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22505 the following annotation types are supported.
22507 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22508 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22510 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22513 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22514 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22515 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22518 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22519 generated for the following translations.
22521 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22523 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22524 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22526 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22527 which to install MAP.
22529 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22531 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22533 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22534 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22536 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22537 which to install MAP.
22539 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22541 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22543 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22544 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22545 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22546 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22547 a function, or a cons.
22548 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22549 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22550 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22551 for the translation.
22552 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22553 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22554 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22555 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22556 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22558 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22559 it is used to handle KEY.
22561 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22562 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22563 current Quail package.
22565 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22566 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22568 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22570 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22571 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22573 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22574 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22576 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22578 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22579 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22581 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22583 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22584 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22585 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22586 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22587 of the Emacs source tree.
22589 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22590 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22592 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22593 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22596 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22600 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22601 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22602 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18464
22604 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22606 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22607 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22608 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22609 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22611 To make use of this do something like:
22613 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22615 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22617 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22618 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22620 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22621 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22622 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22624 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22626 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22627 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22629 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22631 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22632 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22634 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22637 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22639 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22640 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22642 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22643 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22644 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22646 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22648 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22649 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22651 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22653 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22654 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22658 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22659 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22661 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22663 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22667 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22668 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22674 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22675 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18536 46512))
22676 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22678 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22679 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22681 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22683 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22687 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22689 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22692 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22694 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22695 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22696 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22698 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22699 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22701 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22703 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22704 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22710 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18464
22712 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22714 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22715 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22718 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22722 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22723 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
22724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22726 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22728 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22729 Construct a regexp interactively.
22735 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18464 4592))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22738 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22739 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22740 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22742 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22743 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22745 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22747 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22748 Toggle recentf mode.
22749 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22750 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22752 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22753 that were operated on recently.
22755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22759 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22760 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22761 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22762 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18537
22764 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22765 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22766 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22767 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22768 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22769 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22770 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22772 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22773 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22774 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22775 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22777 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22779 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22781 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22782 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22783 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22784 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22787 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22788 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22791 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22793 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22794 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22795 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22797 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22798 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22801 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22803 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22804 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22805 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22807 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22809 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22810 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22812 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22813 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22815 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22818 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22819 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22820 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22821 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22824 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22826 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22827 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22831 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22832 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22833 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22834 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22835 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22836 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22837 and point is at the lower right corner.
22839 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22841 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22842 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22844 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22845 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22847 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22848 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22849 on the right side of the rectangle.
22851 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22853 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22855 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22856 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22857 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22858 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22859 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22861 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22862 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22864 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22866 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22867 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22868 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22870 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22872 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22874 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22876 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22877 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22879 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22880 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22881 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22883 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22885 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22886 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22887 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22889 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22890 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22891 rectangle which were empty.
22893 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22897 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18464
22899 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22901 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22902 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22903 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22905 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22906 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22907 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22913 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22914 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18487 13183))
22915 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22917 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22918 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22922 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22923 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22925 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22926 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22928 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22929 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22930 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22933 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22934 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22935 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22937 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22938 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22939 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22941 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22942 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22944 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22945 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22947 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22948 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22951 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22955 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22956 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22957 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22963 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22964 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
22965 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22967 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22968 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22969 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22970 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22971 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22972 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22974 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22976 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22978 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22979 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22980 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22981 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22982 `reftex-cite-format'.
22984 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22985 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22986 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22987 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22989 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22993 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22994 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
22995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22997 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22998 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22999 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23000 the current TeX document.
23002 With no argument, this command toggles
23003 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23004 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23010 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23011 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
23012 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23014 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23015 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23016 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23018 To insert new phrases, use
23019 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23020 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23022 To index phrases use one of:
23024 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23025 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23026 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23027 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23028 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23030 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23031 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23033 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23035 Here are all local bindings.
23037 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23043 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23044 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
23045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23047 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23048 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23049 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23052 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18542
23058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23059 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23060 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23061 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23062 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23066 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23067 ;;;;;; (18487 13173))
23068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23070 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23071 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23072 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23073 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23074 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23075 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23077 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23078 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23080 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23083 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23085 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23086 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23087 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23088 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23090 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "register" "register.el" (18537 16427))
23095 ;;; Generated autoloads from register.el
23096 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "\C-@" 'point-to-register)
23097 (define-key ctl-x-r-map [?\C-\ ] 'point-to-register)
23098 (define-key ctl-x-r-map " " 'point-to-register)
23099 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "j" 'jump-to-register)
23100 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "s" 'copy-to-register)
23101 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "x" 'copy-to-register)
23102 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "i" 'insert-register)
23103 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "g" 'insert-register)
23104 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "r" 'copy-rectangle-to-register)
23105 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "n" 'number-to-register)
23106 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "+" 'increment-register)
23107 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "w" 'window-configuration-to-register)
23108 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "f" 'frame-configuration-to-register)
23112 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23113 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23114 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
23115 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23117 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23118 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23119 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23120 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23122 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23124 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23126 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23127 Call `remember' in another frame.
23129 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23131 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23132 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23133 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23138 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23139 Extract diary entries from the region.
23145 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18464 4592))
23146 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23148 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23149 Repeat most recently executed command.
23150 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23151 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23152 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23154 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23155 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23156 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23157 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23159 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23160 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23161 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23163 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23167 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23168 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
23169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23171 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23172 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23174 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23175 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23176 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23177 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23178 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23179 and point is left after the salutation.
23181 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23182 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23183 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23184 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23185 left after that text.
23187 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23190 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23191 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23192 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23193 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23195 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23199 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23200 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
23201 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23203 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23204 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23205 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23206 visibility of comments that precede it.
23207 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23208 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23209 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23210 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23211 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23212 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23213 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23214 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23216 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23217 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23218 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23219 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23220 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23226 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18464
23228 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
23230 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
23231 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
23237 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23238 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
23239 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23241 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23242 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23243 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23245 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23246 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23247 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23251 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23252 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23253 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23254 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23255 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23256 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23258 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23260 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23261 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23262 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23264 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23265 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23266 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23272 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23273 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
23274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23276 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23277 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23281 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23282 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23284 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23288 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18464 4596))
23289 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23290 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23292 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23293 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23294 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23295 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23297 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23299 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23300 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23301 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23302 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23304 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23305 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23307 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23308 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23310 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23311 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23314 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23315 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23316 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23317 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23318 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23320 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23321 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23322 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23323 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23325 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23326 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23329 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23333 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23334 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
23335 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
23336 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
23337 ;;;;;; rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers
23338 ;;;;;; rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23339 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18464 4595))
23340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23342 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23343 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23344 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23346 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23348 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23349 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23350 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23351 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23353 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23355 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23356 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23357 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23358 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23359 value is the user's email address and name.)
23360 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23362 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23363 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23364 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23365 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23366 which normally happens once for each message,
23367 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23368 To make a change in this variable take effect
23369 for a message that you have already viewed,
23370 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23372 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23374 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23375 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23376 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23377 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23379 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23381 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23382 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23384 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23386 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23387 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23388 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
23390 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23392 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
23393 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23395 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
23397 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23398 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23399 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23400 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23401 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23403 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23405 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23406 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23407 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23408 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23410 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
23412 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23413 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23415 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23417 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23418 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23420 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23422 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
23423 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23425 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
23427 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23428 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23430 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23431 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23433 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23434 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23436 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23438 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23439 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23441 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23442 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23443 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23444 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23446 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23447 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23449 This is set to nil by default.")
23451 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23452 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23453 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23454 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23455 until a user explicitly requires it.
23457 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23458 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23461 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
23463 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23464 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23465 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23466 It is called with no argument.")
23468 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23469 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23470 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23471 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23472 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23473 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23474 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23476 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23477 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23478 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23479 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23480 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23481 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23483 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23484 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23485 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23486 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23487 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23489 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23490 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23491 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23492 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23493 MSG is the message number,
23494 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23495 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23497 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23498 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23499 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23500 this feature is required with `require'.
23502 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23503 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23505 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23506 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23507 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23508 the message is decoded as normal way.
23510 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23511 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23512 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23514 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23515 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23516 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23518 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23519 Read and edit incoming mail.
23520 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23521 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23522 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23524 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23525 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23526 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23527 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23529 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23531 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23533 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23534 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23535 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23536 Instead, these commands are available:
23538 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23539 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23540 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23541 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23542 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23543 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23544 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23545 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23546 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23547 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23548 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23549 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23550 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23551 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23552 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23553 till a deleted message is found.
23554 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23555 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23556 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23557 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23558 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23559 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23560 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23561 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23562 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23563 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23564 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23565 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23566 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23567 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23568 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23569 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23570 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23571 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23572 (label defaults to last one specified).
23573 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23574 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23575 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23576 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23577 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23578 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23579 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23580 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23581 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23585 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23586 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23588 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23590 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23591 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23593 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23597 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23598 ;;;;;; (18512 40701))
23599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23601 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23602 Edit the contents of this message.
23608 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23609 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23610 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18464 4595))
23611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23613 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23614 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23615 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23617 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23619 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23620 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23621 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23623 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23625 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23628 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23630 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23631 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23632 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23633 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23634 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23636 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23638 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23639 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23640 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23641 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23642 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23644 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23648 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23649 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
23650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23652 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23653 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23654 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23655 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23657 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23661 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23662 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23663 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18464 4595))
23664 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23666 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23667 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23668 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23669 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23670 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23671 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23672 a file name as a string.")
23674 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23676 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23677 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23678 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23679 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23680 buffer visiting that file.
23681 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23682 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23684 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23685 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23687 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23688 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23690 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23691 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23693 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23695 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23696 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23698 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23700 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23701 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23702 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23703 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23704 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23706 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23707 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23708 will be appended with their original headers.
23710 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23711 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23713 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23714 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23716 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23718 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23720 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23721 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23722 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23724 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23728 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23729 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23730 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18464
23732 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23734 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23735 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23736 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23738 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23740 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23741 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23742 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23744 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23746 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23747 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23748 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23750 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23752 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23753 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23754 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23756 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23758 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23759 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23760 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23762 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23764 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23765 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23766 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23768 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23770 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23771 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23772 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23773 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23775 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23779 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23780 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23781 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23782 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23783 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18464 4595))
23784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23786 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23787 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23789 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23791 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23792 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23794 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23796 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23797 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23801 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23802 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23803 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23805 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23807 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23808 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23809 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23810 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23811 only look in the To and From fields.
23812 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23814 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23816 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23817 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23818 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23819 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23820 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23822 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23824 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23825 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23826 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23827 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23828 look in the whole message.
23829 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23831 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23833 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23834 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23835 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23837 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23839 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23840 *Function to decode summary-line.
23842 By default, `identity' is set.")
23844 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23846 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23847 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23848 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23849 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23850 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23851 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23852 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23854 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23855 sent by you under different user names.
23856 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23858 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23860 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23865 ;;;;;; (18541 64432))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23868 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23869 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23872 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23876 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23877 ;;;;;; (18541 64432))
23878 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23880 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23881 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23882 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23883 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23889 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23890 ;;;;;; (18541 64432))
23891 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23893 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23894 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23896 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23897 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23898 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23899 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23900 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23901 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23902 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23903 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23904 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23905 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23907 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23908 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23909 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23910 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23911 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23912 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23913 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23914 to use for finding the schema.
23916 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23920 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18542
23922 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23924 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23926 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23927 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23928 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23929 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23930 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23931 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23932 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23933 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23934 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23935 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23936 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23937 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23938 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23939 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23940 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23941 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23944 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23948 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23949 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18466 54868))
23950 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23952 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23953 Define a robin package.
23955 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23956 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23957 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23958 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23960 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23961 one replaces the old one.
23963 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23965 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23966 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23968 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23969 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23970 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23972 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23974 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23975 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23977 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23981 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23982 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18464 4592))
23983 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23985 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23986 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23988 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23990 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23991 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23993 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23995 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23996 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23998 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24000 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24001 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24002 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24004 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24005 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24008 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24012 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24013 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24019 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24020 ;;;;;; (18541 64432))
24021 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24022 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
24024 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24025 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24027 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24028 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24029 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24030 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24031 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24034 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24035 `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock highlighting.
24036 You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle font-locking of
24041 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24043 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24044 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24045 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24046 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24048 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24049 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24050 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24056 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18483
24058 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24060 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24061 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24067 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18502
24069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24071 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24072 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24073 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24074 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24076 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24078 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24079 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24080 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24081 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24083 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24087 matches string STRING literally.
24090 matches character CHAR literally.
24092 `not-newline', `nonl'
24093 matches any character except a newline.
24096 matches any character
24101 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24102 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24103 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24105 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24106 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24107 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24108 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24110 `(not (any SET ...))'
24111 matches any character not in SET ...
24113 `line-start', `bol'
24114 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24115 in the text being matched
24118 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24120 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24121 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24122 string being matched against.
24124 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24125 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24126 string being matched against.
24129 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24130 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24133 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24134 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24137 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24139 `word-start', `bow'
24140 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24143 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24146 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24149 `(not word-boundary)'
24150 `not-word-boundary'
24151 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24155 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24158 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24160 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24161 matches 0 through 9.
24164 matches ASCII control characters.
24166 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24167 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24170 matches space and tab only.
24173 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24176 `printing', `print'
24177 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24180 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24181 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24182 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24184 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24185 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24186 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24189 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24192 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24194 `lower', `lower-case'
24195 matches anything lower-case.
24197 `upper', `upper-case'
24198 matches anything upper-case.
24200 `punctuation', `punct'
24201 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24202 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24204 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24205 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24208 matches anything that has word syntax.
24211 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24214 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24215 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24216 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24218 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24219 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24222 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24223 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24224 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24225 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24226 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24228 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24229 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24230 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24231 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24232 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24234 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24235 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24237 `(category CATEGORY)'
24238 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24239 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24241 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24242 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24243 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24244 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24248 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24249 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24250 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24251 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24252 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24253 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24254 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24255 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24256 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24257 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24258 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24259 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24260 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24261 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24270 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24274 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24276 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24281 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24282 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24284 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24285 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24286 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24287 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24288 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24290 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24291 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24292 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24293 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24295 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24296 another name for `submatch'.
24298 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24299 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24300 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24301 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24302 regular expression.
24304 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24305 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24306 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24307 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24308 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24310 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24311 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24313 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24314 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24316 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24318 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24321 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24322 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24325 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24326 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24328 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24330 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24333 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24336 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24338 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24339 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24341 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24344 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24347 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24351 matches N occurrences.
24354 matches N or more occurrences.
24356 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24357 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24358 matches N to M occurrences.
24361 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24364 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24368 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24370 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24374 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24375 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
24376 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24378 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24379 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24380 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24383 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24385 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24386 Toggle savehist-mode.
24387 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24388 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24389 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24390 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24392 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24393 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24394 which is probably undesirable.
24400 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24401 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
24402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24404 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24405 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24406 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24408 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24409 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24410 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24411 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24412 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24413 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24414 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24415 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24418 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24419 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24420 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24421 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24422 if that value is non-nil.
24426 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24427 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24428 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24431 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24432 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24433 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24434 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24435 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24436 that variable's value is a string.
24442 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24443 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
24444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24446 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24447 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24448 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24450 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24456 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24457 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
24458 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24460 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24461 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24462 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24464 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24465 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24467 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24469 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24470 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24471 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24472 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24473 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24479 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24480 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
24481 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24483 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24484 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24485 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24486 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24487 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24494 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24495 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24496 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24497 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24498 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24499 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24500 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24501 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24502 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18505 63072))
24503 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24505 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24506 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24508 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24510 If `parens', they look like:
24511 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24512 If `angles', they look like:
24513 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24514 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24515 derived from the envelope-from address.
24517 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24518 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24519 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24520 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24522 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24524 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24525 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24526 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24527 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24529 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24530 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24531 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24532 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24534 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24536 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24537 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24538 This is done when the message is initialized,
24539 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24541 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24543 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24544 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24545 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24547 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24549 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24551 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24552 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24553 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24554 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24555 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24556 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24557 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24559 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24561 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24562 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24564 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24566 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24567 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24568 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24570 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24572 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24573 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24574 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24575 when you first send mail.")
24577 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24579 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24580 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24581 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24582 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24583 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24585 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24587 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24588 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24589 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24590 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24591 This file need not actually exist.")
24593 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24595 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24596 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24597 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24599 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24601 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24602 Alist of mail address aliases,
24603 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24604 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24605 can specify a different file name.)
24606 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24607 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24609 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24610 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24611 nil means use indentation.")
24613 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24615 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24616 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24617 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24619 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24621 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24622 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24623 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24624 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24625 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24626 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24627 in the cited portion of the message.
24629 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24630 instead of no action.")
24632 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24634 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24635 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24636 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24637 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24638 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24640 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24642 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24643 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24644 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24645 If a string, that string is inserted.
24646 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24647 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24648 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24649 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24651 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24653 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24654 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24656 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24658 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24659 Directory for mail buffers.
24660 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24661 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24663 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24665 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24666 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24667 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24668 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24670 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24672 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24673 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24674 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24675 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24678 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24680 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24681 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24682 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24683 `query' means ask the user each time.
24684 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24685 The default is `mime'.
24686 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24687 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24689 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24691 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24692 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24693 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24695 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24696 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24698 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24699 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24700 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24701 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24702 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24703 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24704 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24705 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24706 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24707 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24708 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24709 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24710 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24714 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24715 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24717 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24718 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24720 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24722 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24723 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24724 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24725 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24726 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24727 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24729 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24730 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24731 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24733 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24734 User should not set this variable manually,
24735 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24736 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24737 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24738 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24740 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24741 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24742 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24743 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24745 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24746 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24749 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24751 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24752 to move to message header fields:
24755 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24756 when the message is initialized.
24758 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24759 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24761 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24764 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24765 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24767 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24768 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24769 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24770 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24771 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24772 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24773 buffer without erasing the contents.
24775 The second through fifth arguments,
24776 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24777 the initial contents of those header fields.
24778 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24779 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24780 original message being replied to, or else an action
24781 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24782 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24783 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24784 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24785 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24786 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24788 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24790 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24791 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24793 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24795 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24796 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24798 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24802 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24803 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18464 4592))
24804 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24806 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24807 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24808 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24809 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24810 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24811 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24813 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24814 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24816 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24818 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24819 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24820 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24823 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24825 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24827 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24828 Toggle Server mode.
24829 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24830 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24831 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24835 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24836 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24838 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24840 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24841 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24843 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24847 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18477 9129))
24848 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24850 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24851 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24852 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24856 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24857 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24858 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24859 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24865 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24866 ;;;;;; (18543 19762))
24867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24869 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24870 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24872 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24875 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24876 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24877 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24879 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24880 in your `.emacs' file.
24882 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24884 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24885 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24890 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24892 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24893 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24894 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24895 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24896 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24897 which this is based.
24899 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24901 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24902 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24903 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24904 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24906 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24907 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24908 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24910 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24911 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24912 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24913 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24915 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24916 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24917 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24918 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24920 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24922 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24923 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24924 To work around that, do:
24925 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24933 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24934 ;;;;;; (18532 21501))
24935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24936 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24938 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24939 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24940 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24941 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24942 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24943 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24945 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24946 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24947 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24948 shell-specific features.
24950 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24951 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24952 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24954 \\[sh-case] case statement
24955 \\[sh-for] for loop
24956 \\[sh-function] function definition
24957 \\[sh-if] if statement
24958 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24959 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24960 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24961 \\[sh-select] select loop
24962 \\[sh-until] until loop
24963 \\[sh-while] while loop
24965 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24966 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24967 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24968 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24969 would indent to the way it currently is.
24970 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24971 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24974 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24975 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24976 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24977 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24978 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24979 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24981 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24983 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24985 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24986 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24987 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24989 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24990 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24994 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24998 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18464 4592))
24999 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25001 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25002 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25003 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25004 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25005 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25006 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25008 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25012 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25013 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
25014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25016 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25017 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25019 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25020 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25021 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25022 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25025 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25027 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25029 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25030 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25031 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25033 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25034 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25036 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25037 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25038 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25039 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25040 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25041 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25042 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25045 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25046 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25047 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25048 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25049 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25051 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25052 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25053 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25059 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25060 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18494
25062 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25064 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25065 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25066 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25067 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25068 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25069 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25070 sites in the cluster.
25074 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25075 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25076 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25077 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25078 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25082 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25083 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25084 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25085 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25086 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25087 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25088 `shadow-define-cluster').
25092 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25093 Set up file shadowing.
25099 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25100 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
25101 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25103 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25104 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25105 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25106 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25107 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25110 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25112 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25113 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25114 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25115 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25116 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25118 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25119 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25120 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25121 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25122 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25123 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25124 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25125 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25126 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25127 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25128 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25130 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25131 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25132 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25133 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25134 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25135 `default-process-coding-system'.
25137 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25138 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25139 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25140 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25142 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25144 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25145 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25149 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25150 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18542 54562))
25151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25153 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25156 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25158 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25161 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25163 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25166 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25170 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25171 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
25172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25174 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25175 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25176 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25177 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25178 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25180 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25186 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18464
25188 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25190 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25191 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25192 \\{simula-mode-map}
25193 Variables controlling indentation style:
25194 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25195 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25196 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25197 `simula-indent-level'
25198 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25199 `simula-substatement-offset'
25200 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25201 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25202 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25203 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25204 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25205 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25206 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25207 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25208 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25209 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25210 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25211 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25212 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25213 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25214 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25215 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25216 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25217 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25218 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25219 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25220 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25221 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25222 or nil if they should not be changed.
25223 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25224 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25225 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25226 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25228 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25229 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25235 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25236 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18464 4592))
25237 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25239 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25240 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25242 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25243 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25244 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25245 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25247 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25249 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25251 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25252 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25253 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25254 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25255 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25257 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25258 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25260 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25262 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25263 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25265 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25266 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25267 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25268 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25270 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25271 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25272 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25273 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25275 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25276 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25277 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25279 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25280 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25282 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25283 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25285 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25286 _ interesting point, interregion here
25287 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25288 interesting point set by _
25289 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25290 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25291 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25292 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25293 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25294 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25297 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25298 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25300 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25301 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25302 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25303 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25304 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25305 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25306 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25307 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25309 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25310 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25311 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25312 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25313 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25316 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25317 then: insert previously read string once more
25318 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25319 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25320 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25322 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25323 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25325 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25327 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25328 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25330 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25331 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25332 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25333 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25334 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25337 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25338 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25339 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25345 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25346 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18473 28083))
25347 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25349 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25350 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25351 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25354 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25356 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25357 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25358 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25362 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25363 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25364 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25370 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25371 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
25372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25374 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25375 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25376 A list of images is returned.
25378 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25380 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25381 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25382 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25384 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25388 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25389 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18542 54562))
25390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25392 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25397 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25398 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25404 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18542 54562))
25405 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25407 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25408 Play the Snake game.
25409 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25411 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25413 Snake mode keybindings:
25415 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25416 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25417 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25418 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25419 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25420 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25421 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25427 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25428 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
25429 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25431 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25432 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25433 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25434 Tab indents for C code.
25435 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25436 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25438 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25443 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25444 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25445 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25446 Tab indents for C code.
25447 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25448 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25450 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25451 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25457 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18532
25459 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25461 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25462 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25463 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25464 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25465 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25467 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25473 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18542
25475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25477 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25480 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25481 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25482 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25483 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25484 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25485 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25486 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25487 check after each move or undo)
25491 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25492 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25493 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25512 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25513 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25514 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25515 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25517 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25518 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25519 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25522 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25523 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25525 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25541 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25543 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25549 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25550 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25551 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18464 4592))
25552 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25553 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25555 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25556 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25558 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25559 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25560 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25561 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25564 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25565 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25566 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25569 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25570 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25572 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25573 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25574 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25575 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25578 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25579 It should move point to the end of the record.
25581 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25582 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25583 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25584 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25585 starts at the beginning of the record.
25587 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25588 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25591 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25592 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25594 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25596 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25597 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25598 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25599 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25600 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25603 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25605 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25606 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25607 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25608 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25609 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25612 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25614 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25615 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25616 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25617 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25618 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25621 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25622 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25624 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25625 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25626 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25627 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25628 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25629 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25630 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25631 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25632 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25634 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25636 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25637 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25638 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25639 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25640 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25641 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25642 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25645 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25647 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25648 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25649 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25650 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25651 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25652 is to be used for sorting.
25653 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25654 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25655 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25656 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25657 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25659 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25661 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25664 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25665 starting with the letter \"f\",
25666 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25668 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25670 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25671 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25672 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25673 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25674 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25675 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25676 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25679 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25680 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25681 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25682 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25683 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25685 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25687 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25688 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25689 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25691 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25695 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18511
25697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25699 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25700 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25701 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25702 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25703 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25704 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25706 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25710 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25711 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25712 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18511 17106))
25713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25715 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25716 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25718 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25719 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25720 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25722 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25724 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25725 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25726 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25729 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25731 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25732 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25733 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25735 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25737 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25738 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25739 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25740 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25745 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25746 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25747 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25748 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25754 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25755 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18464 4592))
25756 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25758 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25760 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25761 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25762 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25763 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25764 supported at a time.
25765 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25766 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25770 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25771 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25772 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25773 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25779 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25780 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18464 4602))
25781 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25783 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25785 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25786 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25787 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25788 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25789 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25790 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25794 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25796 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25797 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25798 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25799 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25803 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25805 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25806 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25807 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25808 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25809 for example, \"word\".
25811 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25813 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25815 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25816 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25818 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25820 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25824 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18464
25826 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25828 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25829 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25833 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25834 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25840 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25841 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25842 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25843 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18532
25845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25847 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25848 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25850 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25851 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25852 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25853 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25854 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25855 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25856 of the current highlighting list.
25860 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25861 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25863 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25864 `_t' as data types.
25866 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25868 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25869 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25871 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25872 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25874 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25876 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25877 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25878 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25880 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25882 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25883 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25884 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25885 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25886 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25887 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25889 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25890 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25892 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25894 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25895 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25896 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25897 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25899 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25900 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25901 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25902 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25904 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25905 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25906 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25910 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25911 Major mode to edit SQL.
25913 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25914 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25915 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25918 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25920 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25921 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25922 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25923 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25924 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25925 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25927 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25928 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25930 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25931 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25932 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25934 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25936 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25940 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25941 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25943 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25944 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25947 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25949 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25951 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25952 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25954 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25955 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25958 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25959 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25960 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25961 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25963 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25964 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25966 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25967 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25968 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25969 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25970 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25971 `default-process-coding-system'.
25973 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25977 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25978 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25980 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25981 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25984 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25985 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25986 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25987 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25989 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25990 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25992 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25993 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25994 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25995 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25996 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25997 `default-process-coding-system'.
25999 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26003 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26004 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26006 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26007 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26010 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26011 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26013 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26014 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26016 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26017 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26018 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26019 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26020 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26021 `default-process-coding-system'.
26023 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26027 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26028 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26030 SQLite is free software.
26032 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26033 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26036 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26037 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26038 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26039 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26041 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26042 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26044 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26045 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26046 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26047 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26048 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26049 `default-process-coding-system'.
26051 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26055 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26056 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26058 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26060 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26061 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26064 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26065 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26066 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26067 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26069 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26070 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26072 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26073 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26074 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26075 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26076 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26077 `default-process-coding-system'.
26079 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26083 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26084 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26086 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26087 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26090 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26091 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26094 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26095 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26097 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26098 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26099 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26100 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26101 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26102 `default-process-coding-system'.
26104 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26108 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26109 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26111 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26112 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26115 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26116 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26118 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26119 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26121 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26122 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26123 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26124 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26125 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26126 `default-process-coding-system'.
26128 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26132 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26133 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26135 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26136 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26139 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26140 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26141 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26142 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26144 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26145 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26147 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26148 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26149 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26150 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26151 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26152 `default-process-coding-system'.
26154 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26158 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26159 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26161 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26162 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26165 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26166 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26167 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26168 `sql-postgres-options'.
26170 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26171 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26173 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26174 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26175 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26176 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26177 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26178 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26179 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26180 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26182 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26183 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26185 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26189 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26190 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26192 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26193 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26196 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26197 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26200 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26201 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26203 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26204 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26205 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26206 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26207 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26208 `default-process-coding-system'.
26210 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26214 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26215 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26217 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26218 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26221 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26224 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26225 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26227 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26228 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26229 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26230 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26232 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26233 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26234 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26235 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26236 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26237 `default-process-coding-system'.
26239 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26243 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26244 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26246 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26247 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26250 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26251 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26252 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26253 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26256 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26257 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26258 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26259 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26262 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26263 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26265 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26271 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26272 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26273 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26274 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26275 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18505
26277 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26279 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26280 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26281 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26282 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26283 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26284 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26286 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26288 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26290 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26291 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26292 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26293 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26294 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26295 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26296 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26298 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26300 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26301 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26302 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26303 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26304 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26305 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26306 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26308 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26310 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26311 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26312 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26314 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26316 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26317 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26318 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26320 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26322 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26323 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26325 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26327 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26328 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26332 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26333 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26337 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26338 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26339 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26340 chronologically by command name.
26341 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26343 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26345 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26346 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26347 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26349 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26350 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26352 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26354 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26355 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26356 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26357 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26358 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26359 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26360 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26362 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26363 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26364 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26365 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26367 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26371 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26372 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26373 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26374 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26376 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26378 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26379 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26385 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26386 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 26747))
26387 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26389 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26390 Studlify-case the region.
26392 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26394 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26395 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26397 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26399 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26400 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26406 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26407 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
26408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26410 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26411 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26412 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26413 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26414 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26415 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26416 original message but it does require a few things:
26418 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26420 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26423 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26424 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26427 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26429 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26431 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26432 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26433 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26439 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26440 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18464 4599))
26441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26443 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26444 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26445 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26446 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26448 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26449 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26451 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26452 determining which symbols are considered.
26454 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26455 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26456 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26457 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26459 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26461 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26462 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26463 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26464 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26465 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26468 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26469 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26470 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26471 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26473 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26477 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18511
26479 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26481 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26483 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26484 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26485 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26488 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26490 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26492 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26493 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26494 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26495 otherwise turn it off.
26497 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26498 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26499 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26505 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18542 54562))
26506 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26508 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26509 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26510 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26511 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26512 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26514 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26516 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26517 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26518 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26519 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26520 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26521 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26522 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26524 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26528 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26529 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26530 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26531 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26532 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26533 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26534 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26535 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26536 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26537 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26538 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26539 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26540 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18542 54562))
26541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26543 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26544 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26545 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26547 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26549 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26550 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26552 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26554 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26555 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26557 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26559 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26560 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26562 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26564 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26565 Insert an editable text table.
26566 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26567 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26568 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26569 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26570 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26571 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26576 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26578 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26583 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26584 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26585 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26586 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26589 +-----+-----+-----+
26591 +-----+-----+-----+
26593 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26595 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26596 width, which results as
26598 +--------------+-----+-----+
26600 +--------------+-----+-----+
26602 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26603 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26605 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26607 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26609 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26610 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26611 width information to `table-insert'.
26613 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26619 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26622 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26623 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26625 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26628 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26630 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26632 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26635 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26638 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26640 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26642 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26645 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26648 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26651 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26652 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26653 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26655 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26658 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26661 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26664 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26666 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26669 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26672 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26673 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26674 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26675 | | |expected results.-!- |
26676 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26679 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26681 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26685 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26687 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26688 Insert N table row(s).
26689 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26690 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26691 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26692 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26696 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26697 Insert N table column(s).
26698 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26699 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26700 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26701 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26705 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26706 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26707 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26709 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26711 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26712 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26713 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26714 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26715 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26716 all the table specific features.
26718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26720 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26725 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26726 Recognize all tables within region.
26727 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26728 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26729 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26732 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26734 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26737 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26739 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26740 Recognize a table at point.
26741 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26742 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26743 the table specific features.
26745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26747 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26752 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26753 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26754 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26755 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26756 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26757 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26758 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26760 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26762 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26767 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26768 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26769 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26770 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26771 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26772 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26775 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26777 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26778 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26779 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26780 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26781 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26782 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26783 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26788 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26789 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26790 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26791 table's rectangle structure.
26793 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26795 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26796 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26797 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26798 table's rectangle structure.
26802 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26803 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26804 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26805 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26806 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26808 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26810 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26811 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26812 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26814 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26815 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26816 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26817 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26818 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26819 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26820 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26822 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26823 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26824 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26825 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26826 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26827 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26828 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26830 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26831 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26832 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26833 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26834 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26835 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26836 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26837 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26839 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26841 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26842 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26843 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26844 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26849 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26850 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26852 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26854 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26855 Split current cell vertically.
26856 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26860 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26861 Split current cell horizontally.
26862 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26866 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26867 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26868 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26870 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26872 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26873 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26874 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26875 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26877 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26879 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26880 Justify cell contents.
26881 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26882 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26883 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26884 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26886 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26888 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26889 Justify cells of a row.
26890 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26891 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26893 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26895 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26896 Justify cells of a column.
26897 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26898 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26900 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26902 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26903 Toggle fixing width mode.
26904 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26905 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26906 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26910 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26911 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26912 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26913 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26914 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26915 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26916 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26917 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26918 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26919 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26920 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26922 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26924 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26925 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26926 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26927 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26928 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26929 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26930 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26931 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26932 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26933 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26934 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26935 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26938 References used for this implementation:
26944 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26946 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26947 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26948 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26950 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26952 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26953 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26954 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26955 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26956 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26957 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26958 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26959 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26960 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26961 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26962 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26963 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26964 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26965 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26966 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26967 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26968 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26973 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26974 (table-forward-cell 15)
26975 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26976 (table-forward-cell 16)
26977 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26978 (table-forward-cell 1)
26979 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26982 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26983 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26984 (table-forward-cell 1)
26985 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26987 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26989 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26990 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26991 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26992 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26993 consists from cells of same height.
26997 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26998 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26999 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27000 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27001 column must consists from cells of same width.
27005 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27006 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27007 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27008 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27009 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27010 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27011 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27012 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27013 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27014 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27015 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27016 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27017 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27018 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27019 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27028 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27029 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27030 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27033 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27035 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27037 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27039 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27043 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27044 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27045 of each row is optional.
27050 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27051 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27052 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27053 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27054 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27056 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27057 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27059 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27060 expression and raw delimiter regular
27061 expression, it parses the specified text
27062 area and extracts cell items from
27063 non-table text and then forms a table out
27066 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27067 creates a single cell table. The text in
27068 the specified region is placed in that
27071 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27074 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27075 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27076 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27078 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27079 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27080 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27081 | area and extracts cell items from |
27082 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27085 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27086 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27087 | the specified region is placed in that |
27089 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27091 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27092 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27095 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27096 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27097 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27098 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27099 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27100 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27101 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27102 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27103 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27105 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27106 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27107 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27108 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27110 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27112 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27113 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27114 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27116 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27118 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27119 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27120 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27121 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27122 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27128 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18474 17457))
27129 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27131 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27132 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27134 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27136 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27137 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27143 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18498 31280))
27144 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27146 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27147 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27148 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27149 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27150 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27151 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27152 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27154 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27155 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27156 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27157 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27159 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27166 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27167 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18464 4599))
27168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27170 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27171 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27172 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27173 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27174 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27175 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27177 Variables controlling indentation style:
27179 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27180 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27181 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27183 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27184 documentation for details):
27185 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27186 Controls action of TAB key.
27188 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27189 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27190 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27191 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27192 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27194 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27195 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27203 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27204 Run inferior Tcl process.
27205 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27206 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27210 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27211 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27212 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27214 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27218 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18510 60655))
27219 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27220 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27222 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27223 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27224 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27225 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27227 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27228 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27229 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27230 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27231 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27233 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27234 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27236 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27237 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27238 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27239 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27245 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27246 ;;;;;; (18514 11025))
27247 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27249 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27250 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27251 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27252 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27253 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27254 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27256 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27258 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27259 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27260 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27261 commands to use in that buffer.
27263 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27265 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27267 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27268 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27270 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27272 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27273 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27274 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27275 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27276 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27277 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27278 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27279 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27280 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27281 use in that buffer.
27282 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27284 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27288 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18464
27290 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27292 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27293 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27294 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27295 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27296 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27297 program as keyboard input.
27299 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27300 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27301 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27302 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27304 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27305 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27306 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27307 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27308 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27310 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27312 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27313 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27314 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27315 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27317 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27318 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27319 subprocess started.
27321 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27325 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27326 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
27327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27329 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27330 Start coverage on function under point.
27336 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18542 54562))
27337 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27339 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27340 Play the Tetris game.
27341 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27342 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27343 as to form complete rows.
27345 tetris-mode keybindings:
27346 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27347 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27348 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27349 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27350 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27351 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27352 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27353 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27354 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27360 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27361 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27362 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27363 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27364 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27365 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27366 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27367 ;;;;;; (18531 400))
27368 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27370 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27371 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27373 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27375 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27376 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27377 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27378 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27379 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27381 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27383 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27384 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27385 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27386 if it matches the first line of the file,
27387 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27389 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27391 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27392 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27393 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27394 if the variable is non-nil.")
27396 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27398 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27399 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27401 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27403 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27404 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27405 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27406 See the documentation of that variable.")
27408 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27410 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27411 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27412 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27413 See the documentation of that variable.")
27415 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27417 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27418 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27419 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27420 See the documentation of that variable.")
27422 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27424 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27425 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27426 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27427 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27428 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27430 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27432 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27433 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27434 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27435 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27437 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27439 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27440 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27441 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27443 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27445 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27446 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27447 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27448 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27450 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27452 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27453 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27454 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27455 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27457 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27459 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27460 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27461 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27462 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27464 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27465 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27468 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27469 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27471 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27474 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27476 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27477 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27478 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27479 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27480 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27482 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27484 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27486 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27487 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27488 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27490 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27492 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27493 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27494 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27495 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27496 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27498 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27500 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27501 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27503 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27505 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27506 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27508 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27510 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27511 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27512 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27513 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27514 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27515 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27516 says which mode to use.
27520 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27522 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27524 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27526 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27527 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27528 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27529 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27530 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27532 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27533 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27534 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27535 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27536 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27537 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27538 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27540 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27541 mismatched $'s or braces.
27544 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27548 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27550 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27551 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27552 tex-dvi-print-command
27553 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27554 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27555 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27556 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27557 tex-dvi-view-command
27558 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27559 tex-show-queue-command
27560 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27561 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27563 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27564 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27565 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27569 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27570 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27571 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27572 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27573 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27575 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27576 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27577 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27578 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27579 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27580 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27581 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27583 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27584 mismatched $'s or braces.
27591 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27593 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27594 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27595 tex-dvi-print-command
27596 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27597 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27598 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27599 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27600 tex-dvi-view-command
27601 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27602 tex-show-queue-command
27603 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27604 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27606 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27607 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27608 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27612 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27613 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27614 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27615 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27616 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27618 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27619 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27620 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27621 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27622 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27623 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27624 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27626 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27627 mismatched $'s or braces.
27630 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27634 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27636 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27637 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27638 tex-dvi-print-command
27639 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27640 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27641 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27642 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27643 tex-dvi-view-command
27644 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27645 tex-show-queue-command
27646 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27647 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27649 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27650 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27651 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27652 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27656 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27661 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27662 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27668 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27669 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18464 4602))
27670 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27672 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27673 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27674 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27675 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27677 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27678 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27679 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27681 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27683 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27684 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27685 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27686 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27687 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27689 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27691 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27692 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27693 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27694 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27696 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27697 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27698 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27699 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27701 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27702 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27704 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27708 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27709 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18505 59134))
27710 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27712 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27713 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27715 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27717 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27718 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27720 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27722 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27723 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27725 It has these extra commands:
27726 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27728 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27729 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27730 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27731 modified version of TeX input format.
27733 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27734 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27735 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27736 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27738 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27739 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27740 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27741 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27742 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27743 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27744 in the Texinfo file.
27746 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27747 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27748 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27749 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27750 move forward past the closing brace.
27752 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27753 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27755 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27756 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27757 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27759 Here are the functions:
27761 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27762 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27763 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27765 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27766 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27767 texinfo-master-menu
27769 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27771 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27772 which menu descriptions are indented.
27774 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27775 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27778 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27779 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27780 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27781 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27783 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27784 be the first node in the file.
27786 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27787 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27793 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27794 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27795 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
27796 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27798 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27799 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27800 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27801 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27803 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27805 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27806 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27808 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27810 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27811 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27815 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27818 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27822 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27823 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27824 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18542 54562))
27825 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27827 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27828 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27830 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27832 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27833 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27834 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27835 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27836 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27838 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27839 a symbol as a valid THING.
27841 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27842 of the textual entity that was found.
27844 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27846 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27847 Return the THING at point.
27848 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27849 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27850 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27852 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27853 a symbol as a valid THING.
27855 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27857 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27862 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27867 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27872 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27879 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27880 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27881 ;;;;;; (18512 40701))
27882 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27884 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27885 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27889 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27890 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27891 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27892 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27894 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27896 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27897 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27901 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27902 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27906 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27908 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27909 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27915 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27916 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27917 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27918 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27919 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27920 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18464 4595))
27921 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27923 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27924 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27925 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27929 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27930 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27932 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27934 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27935 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27936 The returned string has no composition information.
27938 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27940 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27941 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27943 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27945 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27946 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27948 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27950 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27951 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27952 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27953 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27955 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27957 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27958 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27959 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27960 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27962 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27964 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27967 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27969 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27970 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27971 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27975 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27976 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27977 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27981 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27984 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27986 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27989 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27991 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27994 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27998 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27999 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
28000 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28002 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28003 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28004 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28005 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28007 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28009 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28011 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28012 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28013 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28014 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28016 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28022 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28023 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28024 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18464 4594))
28025 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28027 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28028 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28030 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28032 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28033 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28034 This display updates automatically every minute.
28035 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28036 are displayed as well.
28037 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28041 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28042 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28043 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28044 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28045 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28046 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28048 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28050 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28051 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28052 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28054 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28055 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28056 are displayed as well.
28057 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28061 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28062 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28063 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28064 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28068 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28069 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28070 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28071 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28073 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28075 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28076 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28082 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28083 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28084 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28085 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28086 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18463 52127))
28087 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28089 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28090 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28092 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28094 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28095 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28096 You can use `float-time' instead.
28098 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28100 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28101 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28103 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28105 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28106 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28108 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28110 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28111 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28113 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28115 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28116 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28117 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28119 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28121 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28123 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28124 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28125 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28127 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28129 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28130 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28132 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28134 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28135 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28136 DATE should be a date-time string.
28138 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28140 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28141 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28142 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28144 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28146 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28147 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28149 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28151 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28152 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28154 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28156 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28157 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28158 TIME should be a time value.
28159 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28161 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28163 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28164 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28165 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28167 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28169 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28170 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28171 The valid format specifiers are:
28172 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28173 %d is the number of days.
28174 %h is the number of hours.
28175 %m is the number of minutes.
28176 %s is the number of seconds.
28177 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28178 %% is a literal \"%\".
28180 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28181 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28183 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28184 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28185 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28187 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28188 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28189 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28191 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28193 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28197 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28198 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18464 4594))
28199 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28200 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28201 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28202 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28203 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28204 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28205 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28206 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28207 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28209 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28210 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28211 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28212 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28213 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28214 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28215 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28216 look like one of the following:
28219 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28220 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28221 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28222 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28223 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28224 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28225 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28230 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28231 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28232 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28238 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28239 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28240 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28241 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28242 ;;;;;; (18463 52127))
28243 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28245 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28246 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28247 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28248 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28249 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28250 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28251 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28252 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28253 display (non-nil means on).
28255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28257 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28258 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28259 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28260 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28261 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28262 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28263 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28264 this function is called within a day.
28266 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28267 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28268 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28269 discover the name of the project.
28271 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28273 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28274 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28275 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28276 begun during the last time segment.
28278 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28279 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28280 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28281 discover the reason.
28283 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28285 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28286 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28287 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28288 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28289 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28291 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28293 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28294 Change to working on a different project.
28295 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28296 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28297 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28300 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28302 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28303 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28304 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28308 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28309 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28310 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28314 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28315 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28316 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28317 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28318 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28319 \"relative to today\".
28321 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28323 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28324 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28325 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28326 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28328 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28330 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28331 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28332 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28333 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28334 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28335 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28337 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28341 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28342 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18464 4595))
28343 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28345 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28346 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28347 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28348 the generated Quail package is saved.
28350 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28352 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28353 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28354 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28355 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28356 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28357 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28358 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28360 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28364 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28365 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18464 4594))
28366 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28367 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28368 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28370 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28371 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28372 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28373 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28374 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28376 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28378 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28379 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28380 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28381 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28382 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28386 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28387 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28388 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28389 in the menu in two ways:
28390 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28391 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28392 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28394 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28395 keymap or an alist of alists.
28396 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28397 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28399 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28403 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28404 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28405 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18532 21500))
28406 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28408 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28409 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28413 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28414 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28416 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28418 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28419 Insert new TODO list entry.
28420 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28425 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28426 List top priorities for each category.
28428 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28429 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28431 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28432 between each category.
28434 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28436 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28437 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28438 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28439 between each category.
28441 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28443 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28445 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28446 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28452 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28453 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28457 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28464 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28465 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28466 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18512 40701))
28467 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28469 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28470 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28471 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28475 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28477 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28478 Add an item to the tool bar.
28479 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28480 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28481 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28482 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28484 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28485 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28486 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28487 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28489 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28490 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28492 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28494 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28495 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28496 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28497 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28498 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28499 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28501 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28502 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28503 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28504 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28506 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28508 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28509 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28510 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28511 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28512 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28513 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28514 properties to add to the binding.
28516 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28518 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28519 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28521 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28523 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28524 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28525 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28526 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28527 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28528 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28529 properties to add to the binding.
28531 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28534 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28538 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28539 ;;;;;; (18464 63630))
28540 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28542 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28543 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28544 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28547 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28549 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28551 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28556 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28558 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28559 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28565 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28566 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
28567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28569 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28570 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28572 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28573 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28574 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28575 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28576 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28578 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28579 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28580 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28581 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28582 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28584 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28589 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28590 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28591 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28592 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28593 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28594 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28600 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18463 55075))
28601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28603 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28604 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28605 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28606 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28607 to a tcp server on another machine.
28609 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28613 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28614 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18510 60654))
28615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28617 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28618 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28620 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28622 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28623 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28624 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28625 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28626 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28627 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28628 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28629 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28631 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28633 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28634 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28635 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28636 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28637 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28638 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28639 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28640 the window or buffer configuration.
28642 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28644 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28648 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28649 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28650 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28651 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18534 4787))
28652 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28654 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28655 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28656 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28658 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28660 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28661 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28663 It can have the following values:
28665 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28666 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28667 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28669 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28671 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28672 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28673 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28674 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28676 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28677 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28678 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28679 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28681 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28682 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28683 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28685 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28686 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28687 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28688 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28689 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28690 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28691 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28692 files which are not really Tramp files.
28694 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28695 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28696 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28697 updated after changing this variable.
28699 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28701 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28702 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28703 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28704 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28706 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28707 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28708 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28709 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28711 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28712 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28713 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28714 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28716 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28717 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28718 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28720 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28721 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28722 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28724 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28725 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28726 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28727 updated after changing this variable.
28729 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28731 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28732 Alist of completion handler functions.
28733 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28734 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28735 normal Emacs functions.")
28737 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28738 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28739 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28740 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28742 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28743 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28744 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28745 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28747 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28748 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28749 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28751 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28753 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28754 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28755 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28757 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28758 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28759 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28761 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28762 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28765 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28767 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28772 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28773 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28775 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28777 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28778 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28780 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28782 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28783 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28789 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28790 ;;;;;; (18536 46512))
28791 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28793 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28800 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18464
28802 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28804 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28805 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28806 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28807 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28808 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28809 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28810 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28811 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28813 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28814 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28815 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28817 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28818 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28821 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28825 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28826 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
28827 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28829 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28832 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28836 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28837 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18464 4602))
28838 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28839 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28840 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28841 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28843 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28844 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28845 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28846 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28847 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28848 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28849 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28851 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28853 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28854 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28855 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28856 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28858 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28862 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28863 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28864 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28865 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28866 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28867 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28868 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28870 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28871 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28873 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28876 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28878 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28884 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28885 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28886 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28887 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28888 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
28889 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28891 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28892 Toggle typing break mode.
28893 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28894 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28895 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28897 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28899 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28900 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28902 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28904 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28905 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28907 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28908 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28909 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28911 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28912 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28914 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28916 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28917 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28919 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28920 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28921 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28922 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28924 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28926 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28927 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28928 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28930 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28931 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28932 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28933 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28934 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28935 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28937 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28938 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28939 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28940 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28942 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28943 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28945 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28946 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28948 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28950 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28951 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28952 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28954 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28955 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28956 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28957 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28958 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28959 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28960 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28962 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28963 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28965 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28966 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28967 reset the keystroke counter.
28969 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28970 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28971 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28972 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28974 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28975 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28976 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28977 `type-break-schedule' command.
28979 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28980 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28981 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28982 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28983 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28984 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28985 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28986 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28987 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28989 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28990 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28991 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28992 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28993 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28995 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28996 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28997 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28998 approximate good values for this.
29000 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29001 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29003 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29004 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29005 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29006 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29007 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29008 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29010 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29011 a typing break occur. They include:
29013 `type-break-query-mode'
29014 `type-break-query-function'
29015 `type-break-query-interval'
29017 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29019 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29020 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29021 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29024 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29026 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29027 Take a typing break.
29029 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29030 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29032 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29033 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29037 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29038 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29039 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29040 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29044 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29045 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29047 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29048 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29049 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29050 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29051 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29052 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29053 average typing speed.)
29055 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29056 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29057 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29058 the computed maximum threshold.
29060 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29061 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29062 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29063 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29064 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29066 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29070 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29071 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18464 4602))
29072 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29074 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29075 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29076 Works by overstriking underscores.
29077 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29078 which specify the range to operate on.
29080 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29082 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29083 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29084 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29085 which specify the range to operate on.
29087 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29091 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29092 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18464 4595))
29093 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29095 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29096 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29097 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29101 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29102 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29103 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29104 following the containing message.
29110 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29111 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
29112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29114 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29115 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
29116 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
29117 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29118 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29119 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29123 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29124 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29126 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29130 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18463
29132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29134 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29135 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29136 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29137 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29139 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29143 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29144 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18539 50012))
29145 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29147 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29148 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29149 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29151 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29152 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29153 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29154 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29155 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29156 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29158 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29159 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29160 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29162 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29163 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29164 the callback is not called).
29166 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29167 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29168 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29171 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29173 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29174 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29175 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29176 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29177 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29179 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29183 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29184 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18539 50012))
29185 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29187 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29188 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29189 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29191 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29192 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29193 `url-generic-parse-url'
29194 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29195 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29196 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29198 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29199 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29200 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29201 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29202 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29203 what type of auth to use
29204 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29205 if one cannot be found in the cache
29207 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29209 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29210 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29212 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29213 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29214 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29215 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29216 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29217 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29218 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29219 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29221 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29225 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29226 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18539
29228 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29230 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29231 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29233 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29235 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29236 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29238 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29240 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29241 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29243 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29245 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29246 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29248 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29252 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18464 4602))
29253 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29255 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29258 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29262 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29263 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18539 50012))
29264 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29266 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29269 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29271 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29274 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29278 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18539
29280 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29282 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29283 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29285 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29289 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29290 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18539 50012))
29291 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29293 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29294 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29298 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29299 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29300 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29301 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29302 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29304 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29308 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29309 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29310 ;;;;;; (18539 50012))
29311 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29313 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29314 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29315 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29316 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29317 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29318 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29320 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29322 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29323 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29327 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29328 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29329 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29330 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29332 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29334 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29335 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29336 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29337 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29338 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29339 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29340 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29341 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29342 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29344 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29346 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29347 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29348 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29351 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29353 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29356 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29360 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29361 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18539 50012))
29362 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29364 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29365 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29366 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29367 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29368 CBARGS as the arguments.
29370 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29372 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29375 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29377 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29379 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29382 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29384 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29385 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29386 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29388 Property list members:
29391 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29395 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29399 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29402 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29405 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29406 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29407 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29410 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29412 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29413 Default HTTPS port.")
29415 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29416 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29418 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
29419 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29420 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29421 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29422 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29426 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18539 50012))
29427 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29429 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29432 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29436 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18542
29438 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29440 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29441 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29442 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29443 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29444 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29446 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29450 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29451 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
29452 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29454 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29457 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29459 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29460 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29462 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29466 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29467 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18464 4602))
29468 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29470 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29471 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29473 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29475 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29476 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29478 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29480 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29483 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29485 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29487 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29489 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29491 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29492 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29498 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29499 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
29500 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29502 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29505 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29507 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29510 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29514 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29515 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29516 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
29517 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29519 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29522 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29524 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29527 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29529 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29532 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29534 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29537 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29539 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29542 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29544 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29547 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29549 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29552 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29556 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29557 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18464 4602))
29558 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29560 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29561 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29563 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29565 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29566 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29567 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29568 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29570 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29574 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29575 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
29576 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29578 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29579 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29585 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29586 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29587 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29588 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29589 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29590 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29591 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18539 50012))
29592 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29594 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29595 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29596 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29598 If t, all messages will be logged.
29599 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29600 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29602 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29604 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29607 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29609 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29612 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29614 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29615 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29616 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29617 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29618 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29624 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29626 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29627 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29628 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29630 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29632 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29633 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29634 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29636 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29638 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29639 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29641 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29643 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29644 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29648 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29649 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29653 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29658 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29661 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29663 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29666 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29668 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29669 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29671 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29673 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29674 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29676 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29678 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29681 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29683 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29684 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29685 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29686 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29687 forbidden in URL encoding.
29689 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29691 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29692 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29693 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29694 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29695 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29696 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29698 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29700 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29701 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29702 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29703 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29705 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29707 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29708 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29709 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29711 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29713 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29714 View the current document's URL.
29715 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29718 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29720 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29724 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29725 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18464 4594))
29726 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29728 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29729 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29730 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29731 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29732 to refrain from editing the file
29733 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29734 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29735 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29736 in any way you like.
29738 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29740 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29741 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29742 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29743 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29744 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29746 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29747 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29753 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29754 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29755 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18532 49474))
29756 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29758 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29761 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29763 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29766 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29768 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29771 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29773 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29776 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29780 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29781 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29782 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
29783 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29785 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29786 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29787 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29788 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29790 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29792 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29793 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29794 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29796 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29798 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29799 Uudecode region between START and END.
29800 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29802 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29806 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29807 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29808 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag
29809 ;;;;;; vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window vc-diff
29810 ;;;;;; vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29811 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18534 4786))
29812 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29814 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29815 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29818 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29820 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29821 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29822 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29824 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29826 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29827 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29830 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29832 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29833 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29834 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29836 For locking systems:
29837 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29839 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29840 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29841 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29842 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29843 it performs a revert on that file.
29844 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29845 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29846 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29847 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29848 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29849 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29850 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29852 For merging systems:
29853 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29854 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29855 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29856 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29857 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29858 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29859 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29860 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29861 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29863 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29865 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29866 Register into a version control system.
29867 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29868 Otherwise register the current file.
29869 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29870 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29872 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29873 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29874 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29875 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29876 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29877 first backend that could register the file is used.
29879 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29881 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29882 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29884 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29886 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29887 Display diffs between file revisions.
29888 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29889 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29890 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29892 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29895 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29897 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29898 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29899 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29900 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29904 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29905 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29906 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29907 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29911 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29912 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29913 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29914 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29915 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29916 from the current branch.
29918 See Info node `Merging'.
29922 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29924 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29925 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29926 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29927 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29928 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29929 checked out in that new branch.
29931 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29933 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29934 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29935 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29936 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29937 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29938 allowed and simply skipped).
29940 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29942 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29943 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29944 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29946 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29948 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29949 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29950 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29951 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29955 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29956 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29957 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29958 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29962 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29964 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29965 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29966 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29967 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29968 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29969 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29973 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29974 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29975 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29976 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29977 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29978 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29979 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29981 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29983 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29984 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29985 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29986 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29987 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29988 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29989 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29990 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29991 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29993 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29995 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29996 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29998 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30000 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30001 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30002 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30005 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30007 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30008 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30009 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30011 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30012 log entries should be gathered.
30014 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30016 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30017 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30019 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30021 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30022 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30024 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30028 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (18544
30030 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
30032 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30033 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30035 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30036 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30037 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30038 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30039 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30040 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30042 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30043 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30044 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30045 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30046 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30047 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30048 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30049 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30051 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30053 Customization variables:
30055 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30056 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30057 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30058 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30060 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18529 62880))
30065 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30066 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30067 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30070 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18546 29640))
30075 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30077 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30078 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30080 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30081 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30082 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30085 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18529 62880))
30090 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30091 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30092 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30093 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30095 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30099 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (18546 29640))
30100 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
30102 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30103 Show the VC status for DIR.
30104 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30105 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30107 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30111 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
30112 ;;;;;; (18544 40642))
30113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
30115 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30116 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30117 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30118 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30119 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30120 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30121 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30122 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30123 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30124 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30125 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30126 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30127 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30129 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18546 29640))
30134 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30135 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30136 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30137 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30140 (vc-git-registered file))))
30144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18544 40642))
30145 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30146 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30147 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30148 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30151 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18529 62880))
30156 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
30157 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
30158 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
30161 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
30165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18529 62880))
30166 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30168 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30170 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30171 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30172 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30175 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30179 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30180 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
30181 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30183 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30184 *Where to look for RCS master files.
30185 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30187 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30189 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30193 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30194 ;;;;;; (18529 62880))
30195 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30197 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30198 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
30199 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30201 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30202 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30204 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30205 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30206 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30207 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18529 62880))
30212 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30213 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30214 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30215 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30218 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30219 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30220 (file-name-directory f)))
30222 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30224 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
30228 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30229 ;;;;;; (18464 4599))
30230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30233 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30234 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30239 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30240 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30241 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30242 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30244 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30245 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30246 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30249 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30250 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30252 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30253 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30255 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30256 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30257 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30259 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30265 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30266 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30268 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30270 Official distribution is at
30271 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30274 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30275 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30286 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30287 ;;;;;; (18467 53782))
30288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30290 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30291 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30292 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30293 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30294 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30296 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30298 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30299 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30301 Supports highlighting.
30303 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30304 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30306 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30308 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30309 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30310 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30311 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30312 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30313 on the left side of your screen.
30314 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30315 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30316 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30317 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30318 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30319 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30321 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30322 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30323 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30324 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30327 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30328 Indentation for case statements.
30329 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30330 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30332 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30333 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30334 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30335 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30336 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30337 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30338 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30339 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30340 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30342 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30346 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30347 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30348 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30349 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30350 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30351 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30352 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30353 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30354 comments in tight quarters.
30355 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30356 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30358 Variables controlling other actions:
30360 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30361 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30362 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30364 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30366 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30368 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30369 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30370 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30372 Some other functions are:
30374 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30375 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30376 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30377 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30378 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30380 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30381 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30382 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30383 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30385 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30386 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30387 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30388 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30389 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30390 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30391 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30392 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30393 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30394 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30395 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30396 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30397 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30398 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30399 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30400 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30401 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30402 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30403 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30404 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30405 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30406 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30407 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30408 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30409 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30410 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30411 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30412 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30414 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30415 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30417 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30423 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30424 ;;;;;; (18464 4601))
30425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30427 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30428 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30433 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30434 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30435 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30436 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30437 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30438 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30439 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30440 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30441 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30443 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30444 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30445 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30446 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30448 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30449 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30450 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30451 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30452 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30454 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30455 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30459 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30460 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30461 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30465 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30466 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30467 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30468 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30470 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30471 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30472 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30473 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30474 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30478 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30479 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30480 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30481 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30483 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30484 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30485 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30486 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30487 beginning with \"std\").
30489 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30490 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30491 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30496 `--' puts a single comment.
30497 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30498 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30499 with a comment in between.
30500 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30501 out following lines.
30502 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30503 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30505 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30506 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30507 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30508 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30509 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30512 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30513 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30514 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30515 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30516 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30517 multi-line comments.
30521 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30522 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30523 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30524 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30526 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30527 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30528 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30529 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30531 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30532 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30535 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30536 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30540 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30541 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30542 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30543 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30544 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30545 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30546 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30547 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30549 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30550 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30551 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30552 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30553 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30556 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30557 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30558 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30560 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30561 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30565 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30566 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30567 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30568 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30569 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30570 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30573 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30574 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30575 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30576 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30579 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30583 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30584 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30585 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30586 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30587 internal signal initializations (menu).
30589 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30590 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30591 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30593 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30594 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30595 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30596 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30597 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30598 in subsequent paste operations.)
30600 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30601 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30602 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30605 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30606 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30607 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30608 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30609 association list with formals).
30612 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30613 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30614 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30615 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30616 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30617 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30618 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30619 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30624 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30628 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30632 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30633 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30634 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30636 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30637 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30640 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30641 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30642 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30643 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30645 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30646 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30647 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30649 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30650 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30651 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30652 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30654 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30655 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30656 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30657 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30658 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30660 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30661 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30662 required by secondary units.
30665 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30666 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30667 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30668 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30669 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30670 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30671 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30672 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30673 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30674 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30675 inputs to this component -> input port created
30676 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30677 outputs from this component -> output port created
30678 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30679 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30681 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30682 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30683 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30684 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30685 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30687 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30688 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30690 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30691 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30692 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30693 component instantiation is also supported (option
30694 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30696 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30697 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30698 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30699 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30700 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30701 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30702 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30703 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30704 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30705 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30706 | generating the configuration.
30708 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30709 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30710 | configurations in speedbar.
30712 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30715 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30716 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30717 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30718 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30719 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30720 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30721 information. New compilers can be added.
30723 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30724 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30727 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30728 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30729 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30730 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30731 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30733 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30736 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30737 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30738 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30740 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30741 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30742 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30743 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30744 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30745 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30746 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30749 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30750 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30751 not (yet) supported.
30752 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30753 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30754 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30758 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30759 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30760 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30761 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30762 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30763 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30764 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30765 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30767 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30768 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30769 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30770 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30771 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30772 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30773 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30774 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30775 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30776 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30777 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30781 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30782 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30783 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30784 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30785 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30786 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30787 current directory for VHDL source files.
30791 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30792 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30796 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30797 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30798 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30799 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30800 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30801 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30802 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30803 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30806 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30807 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30808 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30809 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30810 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30811 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30812 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30814 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30815 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30816 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30817 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30818 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30819 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30821 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30822 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30823 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30824 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30825 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30828 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30829 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30830 highlighted if written in lower case.
30832 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30833 highlighted using a different background color if option
30834 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30836 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30837 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30838 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30839 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30840 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30844 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30845 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30846 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30850 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30851 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30852 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30853 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30854 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30858 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30859 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30861 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30862 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30863 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30864 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30865 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30866 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30867 (used to obtain the port names).
30871 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30872 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30876 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30877 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30878 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30879 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30880 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30881 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30882 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30887 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30888 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30889 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30890 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30891 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30893 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30894 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30895 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30896 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30897 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30900 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30901 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30905 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30906 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30907 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30909 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30913 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30914 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30916 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30918 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30920 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30924 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30930 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30931 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30933 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30935 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30936 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30937 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30938 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30940 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30941 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30942 where the latest version can be found.
30948 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30949 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30950 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30953 The VHDL Mode Authors
30954 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30965 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18542 54562))
30966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30968 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30969 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30970 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30971 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30973 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30974 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30975 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30976 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30977 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30979 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30980 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30982 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30984 * Limitations and unsupported features
30985 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30987 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30988 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30991 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30992 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30993 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30994 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30995 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30996 for undoing a repeated change command.
30997 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30998 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30999 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31002 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31003 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31004 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31005 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31006 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31007 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31008 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31009 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31011 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31017 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31018 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31019 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31020 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18464 4595))
31021 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31023 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31024 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31026 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31028 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31029 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31030 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31031 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31033 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31035 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31036 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31040 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31041 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31042 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31043 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31045 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31047 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31048 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31052 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31055 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31057 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31060 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31064 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31065 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31066 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31067 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31068 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18529 15369))
31069 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31071 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31072 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31073 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31075 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31077 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31078 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31079 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31080 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31082 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31084 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31085 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31087 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31089 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31090 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31091 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31092 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31093 moving around in the buffer.
31094 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31095 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31097 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31101 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31102 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31103 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31104 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31106 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31107 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31108 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31109 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31110 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31112 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31116 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31117 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31118 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31119 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31122 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31123 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31124 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31125 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31126 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31128 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31132 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31133 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31134 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31135 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31136 moving around in the buffer.
31137 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31138 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31140 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31142 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31143 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31144 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31146 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31147 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31148 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31149 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31151 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31153 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31154 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31155 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31156 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31157 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31158 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31159 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31160 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31162 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31164 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31165 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31166 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31168 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31170 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31171 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31172 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31173 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31174 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31175 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31176 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31177 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31179 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31181 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31182 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31183 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31185 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31187 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31188 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31189 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31192 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31193 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31194 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31197 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31198 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31199 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31200 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31201 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31203 H, h, ? This message.
31204 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31205 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31206 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31207 > move to the end of buffer.
31208 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31209 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31210 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31211 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31212 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31213 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31214 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31215 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31216 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31217 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31218 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31219 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31220 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31221 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31222 Use this to view a changing file.
31223 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31224 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31225 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31227 x exchanges point and mark.
31228 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31229 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31230 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31231 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31232 ' go to position saved in character register.
31233 s do forward incremental search.
31234 r do reverse incremental search.
31235 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31236 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31237 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31238 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31239 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31240 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31241 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31242 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31243 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31244 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31245 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31246 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31247 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31248 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31249 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31250 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31251 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31253 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31254 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31255 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31256 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31257 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31258 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31259 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31260 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31261 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31263 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31267 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31268 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31269 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31270 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31271 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31272 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31273 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31274 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31275 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31277 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31279 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31280 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31281 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31282 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31283 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31284 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31285 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31287 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31288 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31289 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31290 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31291 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31293 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31294 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31296 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31297 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31298 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31299 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31301 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31303 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31305 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31307 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31308 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31314 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18463
31316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31318 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31319 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31323 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31324 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31330 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31331 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
31332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31334 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31335 Toggle Viper on/off.
31336 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31340 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31341 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31347 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31348 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
31349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31351 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31352 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31353 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31354 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31355 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31356 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31357 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31358 the beginning of the warning.")
31360 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31361 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31362 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31363 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31364 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31365 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31366 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31367 also call that function before the next warning.")
31369 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31370 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31372 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31373 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31374 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31375 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31377 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31378 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31379 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31380 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31381 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31382 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31384 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31385 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31386 Default is :warning.
31388 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31389 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31390 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31391 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31392 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31393 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31395 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31396 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31397 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31399 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31401 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31402 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31404 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31406 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31407 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31408 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31409 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31411 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31412 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31413 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31414 can be whatever you like.)
31416 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31417 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31419 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31420 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31421 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31422 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31423 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31425 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31427 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31428 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31429 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31430 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31431 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31433 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31437 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31438 ;;;;;; (18516 61235))
31439 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31441 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31442 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31443 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31444 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31445 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31454 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18464 4596))
31455 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31457 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31458 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31460 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31463 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31470 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31471 ;;;;;; (18464 4601))
31472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31473 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31474 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31476 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31478 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31479 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31480 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31482 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31483 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31485 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31487 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31488 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31489 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31490 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31492 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31499 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31500 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31501 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-mode whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
31502 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
31503 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31505 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31506 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31508 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31509 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31510 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31511 Only useful with a windowing system.
31513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31515 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31516 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31517 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31520 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31522 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31524 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31525 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31527 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31528 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31529 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31530 Only useful with a windowing system.
31532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31534 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31535 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31537 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31538 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31540 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31541 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31543 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31547 t toggle TAB visualization
31548 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31549 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31550 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31551 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31552 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31553 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31554 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31555 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31556 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31557 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31558 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31559 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31560 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31561 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31562 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31564 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31565 T toggle TAB visualization
31566 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31567 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31569 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31570 ? display brief help
31572 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31573 The valid symbols are:
31575 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31576 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31577 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31578 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31579 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31580 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31581 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31582 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31583 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31584 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31585 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31586 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31587 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31588 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31589 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31590 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31592 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31593 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31594 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31596 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31598 Only useful with a windowing system.
31600 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31604 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31605 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31607 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31608 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31610 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31611 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31613 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31617 t toggle TAB visualization
31618 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31619 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31620 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31621 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31622 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31623 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31624 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31625 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31626 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31627 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31628 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31629 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31630 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31631 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31632 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31634 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31635 T toggle TAB visualization
31636 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31637 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31639 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31640 ? display brief help
31642 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31643 The valid symbols are:
31645 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31646 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31647 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31648 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31649 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31650 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31651 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31652 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31653 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31654 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31655 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31656 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31657 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31658 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31659 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31660 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31662 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31663 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31664 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31666 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31668 Only useful with a windowing system.
31670 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31674 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31675 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31677 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31678 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31679 applies to the region when it is not in transiente mark mode, the
31680 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31681 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31683 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31685 The problems cleaned up are:
31687 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31688 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31689 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31690 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31692 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31693 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31694 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31695 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31697 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31698 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31699 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31700 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31702 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31703 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31704 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31705 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31706 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31707 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31708 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31709 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31711 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31712 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31713 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31715 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31716 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31717 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31718 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31719 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31720 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31721 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31722 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31724 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31729 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31730 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31732 The problems cleaned up are:
31734 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31735 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31736 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31737 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31739 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31740 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31741 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31742 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31744 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31745 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31746 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31747 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31748 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31749 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31750 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31751 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31753 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31754 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31755 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31757 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31758 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31759 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31760 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31761 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31762 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31763 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31764 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31766 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31769 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31771 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31772 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31774 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31777 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31778 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31779 `whitespace-style' to have:
31787 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31788 whitespace problems in buffer.
31790 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31792 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31793 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31794 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31795 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31796 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31797 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31798 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31800 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31801 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31802 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31803 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31804 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31805 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31806 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31808 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31809 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31810 cleaning up these problems.
31812 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31814 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31815 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31817 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31820 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31821 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31822 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31830 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31831 whitespace problems in buffer.
31833 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31835 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31836 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31837 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31838 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31839 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31840 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31841 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31843 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31844 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31845 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31846 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31847 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31848 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31849 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31851 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31852 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31853 cleaning up these problems.
31855 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31859 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31860 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18464 4594))
31861 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31863 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31864 Browse the widget under point.
31868 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31869 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31871 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31873 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31874 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31876 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31878 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31879 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31880 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31886 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31887 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18505
31889 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31891 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31892 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31894 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31896 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31897 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31898 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31900 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31902 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31903 Create widget of TYPE.
31904 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31906 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31908 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31911 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31913 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31914 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31916 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31918 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
31920 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31921 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31922 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31924 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31925 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31931 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31932 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18464
31934 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31936 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31937 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31938 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31939 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31940 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31941 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31942 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31946 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31947 Select the window above the current one.
31948 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31949 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31950 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31951 negative ARG) of the current window.
31952 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31956 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31957 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31958 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31959 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31960 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31961 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31962 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31966 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31967 Select the window below the current one.
31968 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31969 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31970 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31971 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31972 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31976 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31977 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31978 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31979 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31981 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31985 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31986 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
31987 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31989 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31990 Toggle Winner mode.
31991 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31992 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31994 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31996 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31997 Toggle Winner mode.
31998 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32004 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32005 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18556 62644))
32006 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32008 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32009 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32010 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32011 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32012 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32014 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32016 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32017 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32018 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32019 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32020 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32021 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32022 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32023 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32025 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32026 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32028 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32030 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32031 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32035 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32036 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32037 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32038 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32039 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32040 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32041 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32042 `woman' command for further details.
32044 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32048 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32049 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
32050 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32052 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32053 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32056 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32057 are not implemented
32058 - Options for search and replace
32059 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32060 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32062 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32065 The key bindings are:
32075 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32077 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32078 C-l ws-repeat-search
32081 C-r scroll-down-line
32088 C-y kill-complete-line
32091 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32092 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32093 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32094 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32095 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32096 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32097 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32098 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32099 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32100 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32101 C-k b ws-begin-block
32102 C-k c ws-copy-block
32103 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32105 C-k h ws-show-markers
32106 C-k i ws-indent-block
32108 C-k p ws-print-block
32111 C-k s save-some-buffers
32113 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32114 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32115 C-k v ws-move-block
32116 C-k w ws-write-block
32118 C-k y ws-delete-block
32120 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32121 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32122 C-o j justify-current-line
32125 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32126 C-o r set-fill-column
32127 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32128 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32129 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32130 C-o wo other-window
32131 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32133 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32134 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32135 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32136 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32137 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32138 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32139 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32140 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32141 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32142 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32143 C-q a ws-query-replace
32144 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32145 C-q c end-of-buffer
32148 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32150 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32151 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32152 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32153 C-q w ws-last-error
32155 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32161 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32162 ;;;;;; (18542 54562))
32163 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32165 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32166 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32167 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32168 Returns the top node with all its children.
32169 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32170 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32172 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32174 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32175 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32176 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32177 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32178 is not well-formed XML.
32179 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32180 and returned as the first element of the list.
32181 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32183 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32187 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32188 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18541 64432))
32189 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32191 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32192 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32193 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32194 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32195 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32196 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32197 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32198 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32199 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32200 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32202 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32206 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18510
32208 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32210 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32211 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32212 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32213 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32214 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32215 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32217 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32219 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32220 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32221 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32224 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32225 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32226 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32227 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32228 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32229 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32235 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32236 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18463 55077))
32237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32239 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32240 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32242 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32244 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32245 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32251 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32252 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18464 4597))
32253 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32255 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32256 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32258 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32260 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32261 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32263 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32265 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32266 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32267 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32269 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32271 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32272 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32278 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18464 4597))
32279 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32281 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32282 Zone out, completely.
32288 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "misc.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "ns-carbon-compat.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-archive.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18557
32440 ;;;;;; 19342 846622))
32444 ;; Local Variables:
32445 ;; version-control: never
32446 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32447 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32450 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here